Handbook

Town of Wickenburg — Regular Meeting (2025-02-26)

View PDF Meeting page

Extracted text (via pymupdf) 406104 characters
&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
Third Edition 
 
OCTOBER 2004 
Community Planning Office 
1700 W. Washington, Suite 420 
Phoenix, AZ  85007 
Phone 602-771-1191    Fax 602-771-1210    www.azcommerce.com
 
 
    Office of Smart Growth

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1: 
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................... 1 
1.1 Purpose of Handbook ......................................................................................1 
1.2 Arizona Technical Assistance.............................................................................2 
1.3 Acknowledgements ..........................................................................................2 
CHAPTER 2 
DEFINITION AND HISTORY OF PLANNING ....................................................... 3 
2.1 What is Planning? ............................................................................................3 
2.2 Definition of Terms ..........................................................................................4 
2.3 History of Planning ..........................................................................................4 
2.4 Purpose of Planning .........................................................................................6 
2.4.1 Six Functions of Planning.......................................................................7 
2.4.2 What Planning Can and Can’t Do...........................................................7 
2.5 Additional References ......................................................................................8 
CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN AND ZONE .......................................................... 9 
3.1 Background of Legal Authority........................................................................10 
3.2 Arizona Municipal Planning Authority.............................................................10 
3.2.1 Other Sources of Municipal Planning Authority.....................................11 
3.3 County Planning Authority .............................................................................15 
3.3.1 Other Sources of County Authority to Control Land Use........................16 
3.4 The Takings Issues and Planning .....................................................................17 
3.5 Case Law Regarding Land Use Regulation .......................................................19 
3.5.1 Penn Central Transportation Company v. City of New York, 
438 U.S. 104,98 S.Ct. 2646 (1978).....................................................19 
3.5.2 Agins v. The City of Tiburon, 447 U.S. 255 (1980) ...............................20 
3.5.3 First English Evangelical Lutheran Church of Glendale v. 
Los Angeles County, 107 S.Ct. 2378 (1987).........................................20 
3.5.4 Nollan v. California Coastal Commission, 107 S.Ct. 3141 (1987) ..........20 
3.5.5. Lucas v. South Carolina Coastal Council, 112 S.Ct. 2886, 
120 L.Ed. 798 (1992) .........................................................................21 
3.5.6 Dolan v. City of Tigard, 114 S.CE. 2309 (1994)....................................22

TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 
3.5.7 Tahoe-Sierra Preservation Council, Inc. v. Tahoe 
Regional Planning Agency, 216 f.3d 764 (2002)..................................22 
3.5.8 Palazzolo v. Rhode Island, 121 S.Ct. 2448 (2001)................................23 
3.6 Additional References ....................................................................................23 
CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AND PUBLIC HEARINGS ........................................... 25 
4.1 Open Meeting Law.........................................................................................26 
4.1.1 Public Notice Requirements.................................................................26 
4.1.2 The Meeting Agenda...........................................................................27 
4.1.3 Executive Sessions ...............................................................................28 
4.1.4 Meeting Records .................................................................................29 
4.2 Public Participation Requirements in Planning and Zoning...............................30 
4.2.1 General and Comprehensive Plans .......................................................30 
4.2.2 Notice of Zoning Hearings...................................................................31 
4.3 Successful Public Meetings..............................................................................34 
4.4 Community Involvement Techniques ..............................................................37 
CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS ........................................................................... 39 
5.1 Role of Planning Commission .........................................................................40 
5.1.1 Legal Authority ...................................................................................40 
5.1.2 Responsibilities ...................................................................................40 
5.1.3 Working with Other Public Officials and Private Organizations...............41 
5.1.4 Becoming an Effective Commission......................................................43 
5.2 Role of Board of Adjustment ..........................................................................44 
5.2.1 Legal Authority ...................................................................................44 
5.2.2 Responsibilities ...................................................................................45 
5.2.2.1 Variances..............................................................................46 
5.2.3 Findings and Decision-Making .............................................................47 
5.2.4 Appeal Procedures ..............................................................................48 
5.3 Rules and Procedures .....................................................................................50 
5.3.1 Meetings and Records .........................................................................50 
5.3.2 Due Process ........................................................................................50 
5.3.3 Code of Conduct.................................................................................51 
5.3.4 Conflicts of Interest .............................................................................51 
5.3.5 Ex Parte Contacts ................................................................................52 
5.4 Role of the Council or Board of Supervisors on Planning and Zoning Issues ......53 
5.5 Other Commissions and Boards ......................................................................53 
5.5.1 Economic Development Commissions ..................................................53 
5.5.2 Design Review Boards .........................................................................54

TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 
5.6 Working Effectively as a Group .......................................................................54 
5.6.1 Orientation for New Members.............................................................55 
CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN ................................................................... 58 
6.1 Functions of the Plan......................................................................................59 
6.2 Legal Requirements for the General Plan.........................................................60 
6.2.1 General Plan Elements for All Communities..........................................60 
6.2.2 General Plan Elements for Large and Fast-Growing Communities...........61 
6.2.3 Additional General Plan Elements for Communities Over 
50,000 Population..............................................................................62 
6.2.4 Public Participation Requirements........................................................64 
6.2.5 Major and Minor Amendments............................................................64 
6.3 The Planning Process......................................................................................65 
6.3.1 Preparing the General Plan ..................................................................66 
6.3.1.1 Phase I: Discovery and Analysis .............................................67 
6.3.1.2 Phase II: Goals and Policy Formulation...................................68 
6.3.1.3 Phase III: Alternatives Development.......................................68 
6.3.1.4 Phase IV: Review, Revisions, and Adoption ............................68 
6.3.1.5 Phase V – Implementation.....................................................69 
6.3.2 Keeping the Plan Current.....................................................................70 
6.3.3 Choosing A Consultant ........................................................................70 
6.4 Specific Plans .................................................................................................71 
CHAPTER 7 
THE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN............................................................ 73 
7.1 Legal Requirements for the Comprehensive Plan .............................................74 
7.1.1 Required Elements for County Comprehensive Plans ............................75 
7.1.2 Adopting and Amending the Comprehensive Plan................................77 
7.2 Rural Planning Areas ......................................................................................77 
7.3 Specific Zoning Plans......................................................................................77 
CHAPTER 8 
ZONING......................................................................................................... 79 
8.1 Purpose and Objectives of Zoning...................................................................80 
8.2 Relationship to the General or Comprehensive Plan.........................................81 
8.3 Legal Authority to Zone..................................................................................82 
8.3.1 Municipal Zoning Authority.................................................................82 
8.3.2 County Zoning Authority .....................................................................83 
8.3.3. Adopting Zoning Ordinances ...............................................................84 
8.4 Legal Issues....................................................................................................84 
8.5 Preparing the Zoning Ordinance .....................................................................86 
8.6 Zoning Administration and Updates................................................................88

TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 
CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW ........................................ 93 
9.1 Municipal Authority .......................................................................................94 
9.2 County Authority ...........................................................................................96 
9.3 Preparing Subdivision Regulations ..................................................................97 
9.4 Plat Review Procedures ..................................................................................99 
9.4.1 Requirements......................................................................................99 
9.4.2 Conditions of Approval......................................................................100 
9.4.3 Pre-application Conference................................................................100 
9.4.4 Preliminary Plat Review.....................................................................101 
9.4.5 Final Plat Review...............................................................................102 
9.5 Site Plan Review ..........................................................................................102 
9.5.1 Land Use Guidelines..........................................................................104 
9.5.2 Circulation Guidelines........................................................................104 
9.5.3 Basic Site Design Guidelines...............................................................104 
9.6 Planning and Commissioners Responsibilities ................................................105 
9.7 Solar Site Planning .......................................................................................106 
APPENDICES: 
APPENDIX A Glossary.......................................................................................... 108 
APPENDIX B Arizona Municipal Planning Authority.............................................. 124 
APPENDIX C Land Rights Diagram....................................................................... 126 
APPENDIX D County Planning Authority .............................................................. 127 
APPENDIX E Growing Smarter 1998/Plus General Plan Elements-Cities & Towns ... 130 
APPENDIX F Growing Smarter 1998/Plus Comprehensive Plan Elements-Counties. 131

&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
1
INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 1 
INTRODUCTION 
1
1.1 PURPOSE OF HANDBOOK 
In response to planning and zoning questions from planning staff and 
public officials from around the state, the Arizona Department of 
Commerce, Community Planning Office has developed a third edition of 
the Arizona Planning and Zoning Handbook.  This Handbook is prepared 
for use by planning and zoning commissioners, members of boards of 
adjustments, elected officials, planners, developers, and citizens with an 
interest in community (municipal and county) planning in Arizona. 
 
The Handbook covers: 
 
 
 Arizona Planning and Zoning Law 
 Growing Smarter and Growing Smarter Plus Acts 
 Role and Responsibilities of the Planning and Zoning Commission 
 Role of the Board of Adjustment 
 Role of the City and Town Council 
 Role of the Board of Supervisors 
 Planning and Development Administration 
 Model Ordinances, Guidelines and Procedures 
 Capital Improvements Programming 
 Development Impact Fees 
 Community Design Review 
 Community Redevelopment 
 Historic Preservation 
 Environmental Planning 
 Public Involvement and Public Meetings 
 
Please note:  Before adopting any of the ordinances, policies, or 
procedures discussed here, legal counsel should be consulted to address 
the specific application to your jurisdiction.

CHAPTER 1 
INTRODUCTION 
 
2
1.2 ARIZONA TECHNICAL 
ASSISTANCE 
Training, workshops, or other technical assistance 
on most of the topics in the Handbook is 
available through the Community Planning Office 
of the Arizona Department of Commerce.  The 
Office is designed to provide statewide technical 
assistance and training to Arizona’s municipalities, 
counties, and tribal communities in areas such as 
land use planning, development, zoning, 
infrastructure, public participation, and strategic 
planning. A fundamental philosophy of the Office 
is to foster community capacity-building and 
foundation development that will enable local 
leaders to make informed decisions affecting their 
community’s future.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Arizona Department of Commerce 
Community Planning Office 
1700 West Washington, Suite 420 
Phoenix, Arizona  85007 
(602) 771-1191, Fax (602) 771-1210 
 
1.3 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
A special thanks to Michael D. House, a land use 
law consultant, who wrote the update to Chapter 
3,  (Legal Issues in Planning), and to the following 
individuals who reviewed portions of the Third 
Edition of the Handbook: 
 
ƒ Wayne Balmer, City of Mesa  - Chaps 8, 10 
(Zoning and Development Tools) 
ƒ Debra Stark, City of Peoria – Chaps 3, 4 
(Legal and Public Involvement) 
ƒ Ron Short and Jon Froke, City of Glendale – 
Chaps 5, 6 (Boards & Commissions and 
General Plans) 
ƒ Jerry Owen, City of Cottonwood – Chaps 5, 8 
(Boards & Commissions and Zoning) 
ƒ John Kross, Town of Queen Creek – Chaps 9, 
10 (Subdivision Regs/Site Plan Review and 
Development Tools) 
ƒ Monty Stansbury, Yuma County – Chaps 4, 6, 
7 (Public Involvement and Comprehensive 
Plans) 
ƒ Mary Dahl, Santa Cruz County – Chaps 5, 10 
(Boards & Commissions and Development 
Tools) 
• Bill Towler, Coconino County – Chaps 6, 7, 9 
(Comprehensive Plans and Subdivision Regs) 
ƒ Arlan Colton, Pima County – Chaps 3, 6, 7 
(Legal and General/Comprehensive Plans) 
ƒ John DiTullio and Steve Betts, Gallagher & 
Kennedy – Chap 3 (Legal) 
ƒ Matt Lore, Arizona League of Cities and 
Towns Chap 4 (Public Involvement) 
 
QUESTIONS, COMMENTS or 
SUGGESTIONS regarding the Handbook 
or requests for training and assistance 
are welcome and may be 
addressed to:

&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
2
DEFINITION
HISTORY
OF PLANNING
&

CHAPTER 2 
DEFINITION & HISTORY
OF PLANNING
3
 
 
 
 
 
2.1 WHAT IS PLANNING? 
Defined in broad terms, planning is a continuous process to guide the 
preservation, development, or redevelopment of a neighborhood, 
community, or region.  Its purpose is to create and maintain a desirable 
environment and to promote the public health, safety, and welfare guided 
by the aims, goals, and ambitions of its residents. 
 
An established planning program will help local officials in making 
decisions.  It is important that planning is comprehensive, pragmatic, and 
continuous; that it deals with all aspects of development; and that it 
provide realistic goals and strategies for development.  Planning tools must 
comply with statutory requirements and incorporate a community vision 
or ideal.  Planning is the first step in the preparation of development and 
preservation regulations that put into practice the long-range goals stated 
in the community’s plan.

CHAPTER 2 
DEFINITION & HISTORY OF PLANNING 
 
4
2.2 DEFINITION OF TERMS 
 
We have attempted to minimize the use of jargon 
in this Handbook, but the following terms have a 
special meaning in planning and will be 
referenced.  Appendix A provides an extensive 
glossary. 
GOALS 
Broad, long-range statements that represent 
future visions of the community. 
OBJECTIVES 
Often used interchangeably with the word 
“goal”, an objective is defined here as a 
measurable and verifiable method of achieving 
a goal. 
STRATEGIES 
Strategies are specific actions that identify what 
will be accomplished, by who, when, and how.  
If the goal sets a general direction for action, 
then the strategy specifies exactly how to get 
there. 
POLICIES 
A policy is a brief, direct statement of what you 
intend to do to implement your goals and 
objectives.  Ideally, policy formulation is the 
result of group identification of goals and 
objectives, represents group consensus, and sets 
criteria for decision-making. 
The relationship between these concepts may 
be illustrated as a planning continuum where 
goals are the “thinking” phase and strategies 
lead to the “doing” or implementation phase. 
PLANS 
A plan is an official policy document to guide 
the physical development and conservation of a 
community.  Plans often contain a variety of 
maps to illustrate existing and proposed 
conditions.  Counties and municipalities are 
mandated by Arizona law to develop 
comprehensive and general plans, respectively. 
ZONING: 
Zoning is a tool to implement the policies and 
goals established in a community’s plan as they 
relate to land use.  It specifies activities allowed 
on each parcel of land as well as any associated 
standards or exceptions. 
 
Creating a municipal general plan or county 
comprehensive plan involves a series of steps 
that are discussed in greater detail in later 
chapters.  The process includes: 
 
1. Data gathering on existing conditions 
2. Evaluating community resources 
3. Organizing public discussion and input 
4. Analyzing alternatives for the plan 
5. Preparing, adopting, implementing, and 
updating the plan 
 
 
 
2.3 HISTORY OF PLANNING 
 
Urban planning in the United States has been 
influenced by historic events, the national 
economy, and changes in social attitudes.  The 
Puritan work ethic formed the basis for the 
agrarian philosophy associated with Thomas 
Jefferson.  This philosophy is based on the belief 
that the agricultural life has the most human 
value, and reflected the largely rural settlement 
pattern in the country at that time.  
 
With the industrial revolution, cities grew in size 
and importance.  The Public Health, Garden City, 
and City Beautiful movements of the 19th century 
raised issues of health and aesthetics in the city, 
and profoundly affected the design and 
development of cities during the first half of the 
20th century.  Planning gained acceptance as a 
discipline with the publication of the 1928 
Standard City Planning Enabling Act (SPEA) by 
the U.S. Department of Commerce.  This model 
law provided for the creation of a local agency 
comprised of both elected officials and appointed 
citizens, charged with the responsibility of

CHAPTER 2 
DEFINITION & HISTORY OF PLANNING 
 
5
preparing planning studies and programming the 
future development of the municipality.  Today 
many states, including Arizona, have planning 
enabling legislation that follows the guidance 
established in this model act. 
 
Contemporary planning issues have emerged 
from various interest groups and challenges 
throughout the 19th and 20th centuries, including 
the following: 
 
 Public Health Movement 
The Public Health Movement developed in the 
late 1800s from a concern for public health and 
workers’ safety.  This movement focused on the 
establishment of industrial safety requirements, 
maximum work hours, minimum housing 
standards, public recreation amenities, and 
ensuring the provision of light and air in cities.  
 
 Garden City Movement 
The Garden City Movement began with 
Ebenezer Howard’s classic work, Tomorrow: A 
Peaceful Path to Real Reform, published in 
1898, later republished in 1902, Garden Cities 
of Tomorrow.  A reaction to industrialization 
and poor living conditions in cities, this 
movement was predicated on the inherent 
immorality of the city, a return to the country 
village, and the sacredness of nature.  The 
Garden City Movement proposed public 
greenbelts and agricultural areas surrounding 
self-supporting, satellite communities ringing a 
central garden city with maximum populations 
to prevent sprawl. 
 
The impact of the Garden City Movement was 
seen in the 1920s with the first comprehensive 
suburban neighborhood designs made up of 
residential areas with open space, parks, 
shopping facilities, and schools. 
 
 City Beautiful Movement 
Emphasizing design and aesthetics, the City 
Beautiful Movement emerged from the 1893 
Columbian Exposition in Chicago.  The 
Exposition provided a prominent American 
example of a great group of buildings designed 
in relation to each other and in relation to open 
spaces.  Contributions of the movement 
included:  a revival of city planning and its 
establishment as a permanent part of local 
government, an emphasis on physical site 
planning, the professional consultant role, and 
the establishment of quasi-independent 
planning commissions composed of citizens. 
 
 City Efficient Movement 
The City Efficient Movement saw the passage of 
new laws and court cases relative to land use, 
zoning, subdivision control, and administrative 
planning regulation.  Civil engineers, attorneys, 
and public administrators began to play a 
larger role in city planning with an increase in 
demand for public services and facilities such as 
highways and sanitary sewers. 
 
 City Humane Movement 
The City Humane Movement developed as a 
result of the Depression of the 1930s.  It 
concentrated on social and economic issues and 
ways of alleviating the problems of 
unemployment, poverty, and urban plight. 
 
 City Functional Movement 
The City Functional Movement developed in 
the 1940s with the growth of the military and 
renewed industrialization.  This movement 
emphasized functionalism and administrative 
efficiency, and contributed to the federal 
government’s increased involvement in local 
planning and the passage of Section 701 of the 
Housing Act in 1954.  The 701 program 
subsidized thousands of general plans and 
special projects for cities, counties, regional 
councils of government, and states until 1981.  
Many Arizona communities benefited from this 
program. 
 
As the need to institutionalize the planning 
function under a single public authority became 
apparent, planning became a component of local 
government administration.  Commissions made 
up of local leaders were established to guide local

CHAPTER 2 
DEFINITION & HISTORY OF PLANNING 
 
6
planning and zoning decision-making with some 
autonomy from the political process (i.e. the city 
or town council).  Many pioneers in the field 
recognized that the success and effectiveness of a 
planning program also required citizen 
participation. 
At one time, the municipal plan was perceived as 
an objective, technical document that focused 
solely on the physical development of the 
community. The 1960s and ‘70s saw a renewed 
emphasis on social, economic, and environmental 
issues with the Advocacy Movement and the 
Environmental Movement.  During this period, 
some planners actively promoted social reform, 
supporting the interests of low-income and 
minority groups, wildlife, the preservation of 
open space, and the conservation of natural 
resources. It has become common for plans to 
more explicitly address the impact of physical 
development on economic, social, and 
environmental issues, to ensure greater 
consistency among policies and goals for the 
community. 
Planning in Arizona has had a relatively short 
history. Cities were not specifically authorized to 
prepare general plans before the Urban 
Environmental Management Act (UEMA) was 
passed by the State Legislature in 1973. 
However, Arizona previously had adopted a 
version of the Standard State Zoning Enabling Act 
that implied the authority for local jurisdictions to 
plan. 
In 1998, the Arizona Legislature passed the 
Growing Smarter Act.  The purpose of the Act was 
to strengthen the ability of Arizona’s communities 
and counties to plan for growth, acquire and 
preserve open space, and develop strategies to 
comprehensively address growth related 
pressures.  The Act requires new elements - Open 
Space, Growth Areas, Environmental Planning, 
and Cost of Development - to be included in 
general and comprehensive plans and also calls 
for more effective public participation, 
mandatory rezoning conformance to plans, and 
more regional cooperation. 
A Growing Smarter Commission was created as 
part of the Growing Smarter Act. This body 
proposed revisions to the legislation, which were 
passed as the Growing Smarter Plus Act in 2000. 
The provisions of the Growing Smarter Plus Act 
included requirements for a water resources 
element and ratification of large and fast growing 
communities’ general plans by the electorate. The 
Growing Smarter Oversight Council was created 
by Executive Order in 2001 to monitor the 
implementation of the legislation and make 
recommendations for changes. More information 
on the mandates for jurisdictions in the Growing 
Smarter/Growing Smarter Plus legislation is 
provided in Chapters 6 and 7 and on the Arizona 
Department of Commerce web site at 
www.azcommerce.com. 
 
 
2.4 PURPOSE OF PLANNING 
 
Planning for the future development of a 
community is important and it makes sense.  The 
planning process provides an opportunity for 
jurisdictions and citizens to determine the vision 
for the future of the community. An effective 
process brings the appropriate stakeholders to the 
table to work through issues and ideas, so that 
the resulting plan can function as a policy guide 
for implementation efforts. 
 
Communities plan to: 
 
 Prepare for the future 
 Accommodate the present 
 Anticipate change 
 Maximize community strengths 
 Minimize community weaknesses 
 Respond to legislative change 
 Secure a sense of community coordination 
 Deal with scarce resources 
 Build a sense of community 
 Provide for public health, safety, and welfare

CHAPTER 2 
DEFINITION & HISTORY OF PLANNING 
 
7
Many communities in Arizona have established 
planning programs, appointed planning 
commissions, and hired professional planning 
staffs.  The direction a community takes in 
relation to planning depends on its size, location, 
natural environment, finances, and level of 
development, the attitude of local officials and 
the willingness of citizens to participate in guiding 
development.  Planning for our cities, towns, and 
counties is one way in which Arizona’s physical 
and economic environment can be improved and 
preserved. 
 
The planning process requires community 
members working together to develop a vision.  
This process involves professionals providing 
information, citizens expressing desires and 
needs, and elected officials ensuring the 
implementation of shared goals.  Planning is an 
ongoing process that needs to be reassessed 
periodically. 
 
 
 
2.4.1 Six Functions of Planning 
 
Planning is a means of preparing for the 
future.  Addressing community needs only 
when they have become so urgent that they 
demand immediate action can result in 
temporary, costly, or ineffective solutions.  
With proper planning, for example, school 
and park sites may be reserved in advance of 
need while reasonably priced, vacant land is 
still available. 
 
Planning is a tool for identifying the causes of 
complex urban and rural problems and 
developing sound, cost-effective solutions. 
 
Planning helps do first things first.  With an 
inventory of existing conditions, community 
strengths and weaknesses, and a 
comprehensive or general plan, officials can 
better manage resources while preparing for 
the future. 
 
Planning helps make sound policies for 
development.  Good planning includes 
policy-making based on needs and priorities.  
For example, street improvements should be 
planned to accommodate the type of land 
uses that they serve. 
 
Planning provides procedures for making sure 
that new physical development is 
coordinated with other uses and needs 
related to it.  The comprehensive and general 
plan, and the capital improvement program 
in particular, help local officials to coordinate 
decisions and projects. 
 
The planning process is a means of educating 
and informing.  When policies are adopted 
based on public input, they are better 
understood and more likely to have 
community support. 
 
 
 
2.4.2 What Planning Can & Can’t Do 
 
 
 Help to stabilize a community in 
transition, to ensure orderly growth by 
identifying where it is going, and how 
it needs to get there. 
 Protect property values by maintaining 
the integrity of a neighborhood. 
 Improve the economic base of the 
community by providing a climate for 
business creation and expansion. 
 Identify resources, opportunities, and 
constraints. 
 Clarify community needs, goals, and 
objectives. 
 Provide a forum for action. 
1 
2 
3 
4
5
6
Planning CAN…

CHAPTER 2 
DEFINITION & HISTORY OF PLANNING 
 
8
 
 
 Be a one-shot deal; it’s an ongoing, 
evolving process. 
 Automatically solve all problems. 
 Correct all past mistakes. 
 Be successful unless supported by 
policy and an action-oriented program. 
 Be used to promote special interests. 
 Be used to exclude others from the 
community. 
 
Planning allows communities to meet challenges 
by setting a direction based on public consensus.  
It takes full advantage of opportunities while 
anticipating and minimizing weaknesses and 
threats inherent in any development process. 
 
 
2.5 ADDITIONAL REFERENCES 
 
ƒ The Citizen’s Guide to Planning, 1979 
Herbert H. Smith. Chicago: Planners Press 
ƒ The City in History: its Origins, its 
Transformations, and its Prospects, 1968 
Lewis Mumford. Harvest Books 
ƒ Contemporary Urban Planning, 2002 
6th Edition. John M. Levy. Prentice Hall, Inc. 
ƒ The Death and Life of Great American Cities. 
1992; Reissue Edition, Jane Jacobs. Vintage 
Books 
ƒ The Practice of Local Government Planning, 
2000; 3rd Edition, Linda C. Dalton, Charles 
Hoch, Frank S. So. International City/County 
Management Association. 
ƒ The Practice of State and Regional Planning, 
1986, Irving Hand, Bruce D. McDowell, and 
Frank S. So. Published by the American 
Planning Association in cooperation with the 
International City/County Management 
Association 
ƒ American Planning Association web site:  
www.planning.org 
ƒ Planning Commissioners’ Journal web site:  
www.plannersweb.com 
ƒ Arizona Planning Association web site:  
www.azplanning.org 
 
Common Questions newsletters are developed by 
the Community Planning Office, and are available 
at 
http://www.azcommerce.com/communityplanning
/resource.asp. 
 
Planning CAN’T (or shouldn’t)…

&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
3
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO
PLAN
ZONE
&

9
CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO
PLAN & ZONE
 
 
 
 
 
Arizona municipal and county governments have no inherent power to 
regulate land use.  They are political subdivisions of the state, and 
whatever legislative or administrative authority they have to plan and zone 
is derived from the enabling legislation that is adopted by the State 
Legislature.  In Arizona, elected and appointed officials must observe the 
legal requirements set forth in the Arizona Revised Statutes (abbreviated 
throughout the Handbook as “A.R.S.”).  Officials should also be aware of 
recent state and federal court decisions that affect the legal interpretation 
of these statutes. 
 
Although the authority of local governments to regulate land use is 
delegated by the state, the control of land use has historically been a 
function of local government.  Local governments may exercise control 
over the development of land in a variety of ways, especially through 
comprehensive (or general) land use planning, zoning, ordinances and 
subdivision ordinances.  
 
Because of legal implications inherent to nearly all aspects of planning, 
statutory and legal references have been included throughout this 
Handbook.  State statutes may be modified by the Legislature and the 
courts may decide significant issues before this Handbook can be brought 
up to date.  For this reason, local officials should always consult their 
jurisdiction’s attorney for the latest law on the subject.  (When possible, it 
is also recommended to have legal counsel present at public hearings.)

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
10
3.1 
BACKGROUND OF LEGAL 
AUTHORITY 
 
The Tenth Amendment to the Constitution of the 
United States reserves to the states or to the 
people all powers not specifically delegated to 
the federal government.  One of these is the 
“police power”.  This power provides the 
authority to adopt laws, ordinances, and 
regulations to protect the public health, safety, 
morals, and welfare.  Comprehensive land use 
planning, zoning and subdivision regulations fall 
under the umbrella of this authority.   
 
The police power is an “elastic” power, changing 
form to reflect the conditions of the time.  
Regulations embraced under the complex 
conditions of today might have been condemned 
as arbitrary or unreasonable as little as 70 years 
ago, and vice versa.  Over time, the courts have 
interpreted the legitimate use of the police power 
broadly to promote a variety of community 
benefits.  These benefits can promote social, 
environmental, aesthetic or safety values.  
Planning has long been accepted as an important 
vehicle for a community to define and maintain 
its essential values and identity. 
 
In exercising planning and land use control 
powers, local governments must follow several 
constitutional principles, including equal 
protection and due process.  A more detailed 
discussion of some of the United States Supreme 
Court cases that established the current (at the 
time of this writing) interpretations of these and 
other constitutional principles can be found in 
Section 3.5 of this chapter.  For a background 
compilation of Arizona planning and zoning case 
law that has evolved over time, a review of 
Jorden & House, Arizona Land Use Law (3rd Ed. 
and 2001 Supplement), published by the State 
Bar of Arizona is recommended.  
 
3.2 
ARIZONA MUNICIPAL 
PLANNING AUTHORITY 
 
State planning and zoning statutes are not static.  
Historically, Arizona Statutes have been adjusted 
to fit changing times in a series of “tweaking” bills 
by the State Legislature.  Two efforts have been 
more comprehensive: the 1973 Urban 
Environmental Management Act, and in 1998 
and 2000, with the Growing Smarter and 
Growing Smarter Plus Acts. 
 
In 1973, the Arizona State Legislature amended 
Title 9 of A.R.S. to authorize cities and towns to 
plan through the Urban Environmental 
Management Act (UEMA).  Prior to 1973, cities 
and towns in Arizona had zoning authority but no 
explicit planning authority.  However, the 
authority to plan was generally inferred to 
accompany the power to zone and some 
communities had planning power written into 
their charters.   
 
The 1998 and 2000 Growing Smarter and 
Growing Smarter Plus Acts broadened the scope 
of general planning to include more specific 
mechanisms to manage and plan for growth.  An 
initial update of general and comprehensive land 
use plans and subsequent updates every 10 years 
were also specified.  
 
More information on the general plan elements 
and other components of planning and zoning 
that are defined by the statutes (current as of this 
writing) is included in Chapter 6 (for cities and 
towns) and Chapter 7 (for counties). 
  Planning Agency 
A.R.S. § 9-461.01 authorizes establishment of a 
“Planning Agency” as the official body designated 
by local ordinance to carry out municipal 
planning.  This agency may be a planning 
department, planning commission, hearing 
officer, the elected body itself, or any 
combination thereof.  Once formed, the planning 
agency must:

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
11
1. Develop and maintain a general plan. 
2. Develop specific plans as may be 
necessary to implement the general 
plan. 
3. Periodically review the capital 
improvements program of the 
municipality. 
4. Perform such other planning functions 
as directed by the elected body. 
 
The agency will be limited by the powers outlined 
in the municipal ordinance.  It may: 
 
 Contract for, receive, and utilize any 
grants or other financial assistance made 
available by a municipality, a county, 
the state or federal government. 
 
 Contract with the state or federal 
government and any of its agencies, or 
the elected body of any municipality or 
county. 
 
  Creation of Municipal Planning Commission 
A.R.S. § 9-461.02 authorizes cities and towns to 
create a planning commission to advise on land 
use and development issues.  Planning 
commissions in Arizona must have at least five 
members who are appointed by the elected 
body.  The number of commissioners may differ 
depending on the degree of urbanization and 
development of the community.  The ordinance 
establishing the commission must set the number 
of commissioners, the method of their 
appointment and removal, terms of office and 
process for selection of a chair, and duties of the 
planning commission.  Chapter 5 provides a 
detailed discussion of the role of the commission. 
 
A.R.S. § 9-461, 461-01, 461-02 have been 
included in Appendix B as a reference.  To search 
the statutes in their entirety, consult your library 
or the A.R.S. web site at: 
www.azleg.state.az.us/ArizonaRevisedStatutes.asp. 
 
 
3.2.1 Other Sources of Municipal 
Planning Authority 
 
In addition to planning, zoning, and subdivision 
controls, municipalities may exercise other 
sources of authority to manage and direct land 
use in the interest of the public health and safety. 
 
  Eminent Domain 
Municipalities have the power to acquire land for 
public purposes by eminent domain, providing 
that the property owner is compensated.  The 
exercise of eminent domain powers can have a 
substantial impact on land use patterns in a 
community, especially when exercised as part of 
a municipal redevelopment plan. 
 
  License and Permits Powers 
Licensing or permitting systems are frequently 
used to regulate activities affecting public health 
and safety and may affect land development in 
several ways.  For example, the Urban 
Environmental Management Act provides that a 
permit system may be used to enforce zoning 
regulations.1  These systems must be administered 
consistently with zoning laws and may not be 
used to forbid uses permitted by the zoning 
regulations. 
 
Permit systems may be used to administer 
conditional uses, special uses, and signage.  
Proponents of permit regulations argue that local 
planning officials need discretion to administer 
conditional uses, as well as the power to impose 
conditions, supervise the continuation of the use, 
and restrict the life of the use.  Conditional use 
permits and nonconforming uses are discussed in 
greater detail in Chapter 8. 
 
                                                 
1 A.R.S. § 9-462.05(D)

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
12
  Easements and Covenants 
Easements and restrictive covenants are the 
primary tools for private land use control.  
Easements may be used to give local 
governments, public utilities, and adjacent 
property owners rights to access and use land 
owned by another; restrictive covenants may be 
employed to enforce a planned development 
scheme by limiting the purposes for which 
neighboring land may be used.  Affirmative 
covenants may be used to impose obligations of 
maintenance and contribute to the upkeep of 
commonly owned property.  These private 
control devices have been successfully used in 
large planned communities. 
 
Public use of easements and covenants to control 
land use has been more limited.  Recent 
suggestions for expanded public use of these 
devices fall into three basic categories.  First, 
easements and covenants may be used to prevent 
development and to preserve open space by 
acquiring development rights.  Second, they may 
be used, as is done in urban renewal projects, to 
control the use of land sold or otherwise disposed 
of by the government.  Third, they may be used 
to obtain more detailed control over subdivisions 
and other forms of development than is possible 
under zoning regulations.  Private restrictions may 
be more effective than general zoning regulations 
in many cases, also ensuring regular maintenance 
of the property.  A city may require the filing of 
restrictive covenants as a condition of zoning and 
permit individual property owners to enforce 
them.2 
 
  Conservation Easements 
A conservation easement is a legal agreement 
regarding the voluntary donation or sale of 
particular property rights to a governmental 
entity or nonprofit organization that agrees to 
monitor and enforce the terms of the agreement.  
Arizona’s conservation easement statute 3 
                                                 
2Goodman v.  Superior Court.137 Ariz. 348, 670 P. 2d 746 
(App. 1983) 
3 A.R.S. § 33-271 through § 33-276 
specifies that conservation easements may be 
created, conveyed, recorded, assigned, released, 
modified, terminated or otherwise altered in the 
same manner as other easements.  An easement 
may be created to protect or preserve: 
 Historical, architectural, archeological, 
or cultural aspects of real property. 
 Land for the outdoor recreation or 
education of the general public. 
 Land as a natural habitat for fish, 
wildlife, and plants. 
 Open space, including farmland and 
forestland, for the public’s enjoyment 
pursuant to a clearly delineated 
governmental conservation policy. 
The property owner (grantor) and public entity 
(holder or grantee) must agree on the terms of 
the easement.  The grantor may specify how long 
a conservation easement will last, either in 
perpetuity, or for a given period of time.  The 
grantor may also negotiate whether the public 
may have access to the property.  The grantor, 
public entity, or a third party specified in the 
easement document may legally enforce the 
terms of the easement. 
 
Once created, a conservation easement may be 
modified or terminated based on the agreement.  
The public benefits from the donation of these 
easements through conservation and protection 
of important natural and cultural resources.  The 
property remains on the tax rolls, and private 
monies are used to acquire and maintain the 
property. 
For more information on conservation 
easements contact… 
State Historic Preservation Office 
Arizona State Parks 
1300 W. Washington Street 
Phoenix, AZ   85007 
(602) 542-4009 
www.pr.state.az.us/partnerships/partners.html

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
13
  Public Acquisition and Disposition of Land 
Local governments may affect land use patterns 
within their boundaries by intervening directly in 
the development process: 
 
 Through property acquisition by 
purchase or eminent domain. 
 Through the development of publicly 
owned property for public use. 
 By stimulating the redevelopment of 
under-utilized property through 
renewal and redevelopment programs. 
 
In Arizona, municipalities may “purchase, lease, 
or rent land” outside, as well as within, their 
corporate limits.4  The power to acquire property 
gives local governments a way to directly control 
the development of land.  Traditionally, the 
broadest exercise of this power has been in the 
area of redevelopment.  Under enabling 
legislation for the renewal of obsolete areas, 
Arizona cities are given authority to acquire 
interests in land by eminent domain, and to 
dispose of that land in ways that will assure its 
future development in accordance with a 
redevelopment plan.  The powers conferred to 
municipalities to engage in redevelopment 
projects contrast dramatically with the more 
limited powers otherwise available for municipal 
land acquisition. 
 
  Arizona Preserve Initiative 
The Arizona Preserve Initiative (API) provides a 
process for conserving Arizona State Trust Land as 
open space within or near a municipality. 
Adopted in 1996 and amended in 1997, the API 
allows for Trust Land to be sold or leased for 
conservation purposes.5 As part of this process, 
land is reclassified and sold or leased through 
auction. A matching grant program is 
administered through Arizona State Parks to assist 
                                                 
4 A.R.S. § 9-401 
5 A.R.S. Title 37, Article 4.2 
with funding the acquisition of Trust Land for 
conservation purposes. Funding for this program 
was approved by the voters as Proposition 303 in 
1998 and totals $20 million per year for 11 
years, beginning in fiscal year 2001.  
 
 
For more information on the API and 
the grant program contact: 
 
 
Arizona State Land Department 
Arizona Preserve Initiative 
1616 West Adams 
Phoenix, AZ 85007 
(602) 542-2643 
http://www.land.state.az.us/ 
 
Arizona State Parks 
Growing Smarter Grant Programs 
1300 W. Washington Street 
Phoenix, AZ  85007 
grants@pr.state.az.us 
http://www.pr.state.az.us/partnerships/ 
growingsmarter/growing.html 
 
 
  Transfer and Purchase of Development 
Rights 
The concept behind transfer of development 
rights (TDR) and purchase of development rights 
(PDR) is that property rights are comprised of a 
“bundle” of rights, which include development 
rights, air space rights, mining rights, etc. (see 
Appendix C, Land Rights Diagram).  Under the 
PDR concept, private or government entities 
could negotiate with the landowner to purchase 
development rights on all or part of a property, 
and the title and other rights associated with the 
property remain with the original owners. This 
would allow the owner to benefit financially from 
the development potential of the property, and 
permit the retention of agriculture or open space 
in the community at lower public cost than the 
acquisition of the entire fee interest.  A.R.S. § 9-
464.01 provides that the acquisition of interests 
or rights in real property for the preservation of

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
14
open spaces or areas constitutes a public purpose 
for which public funds may be expended or 
advanced. 
 
Similar benefits may occur under a TDR system, 
although TDR allows for “trading” of 
development rights among landowners rather 
than outright purchase. Under the TDR concept, 
“sending areas” and “receiving areas” are created 
to identify land that is suitable for limiting or 
accepting additional development rights, 
respectively. A property owner would be able to 
transfer development rights from one location to 
another. A municipality could also purchase 
development rights in a sending area for resale in 
a receiving area, or otherwise function as an 
intermediary as specified by its ordinance.  
 
A.R.S. § 9-462.01(A)(12) establishes the authority 
and requirements associated with the TDR 
process.  “Development rights” are defined in the 
statute as the maximum allowable development, 
with respect to the use, area, bulk, or height of 
improvements. A quantifiable value for 
development rights must be established in a TDR 
ordinance, which could include number of 
dwelling units, floor area, floor area ratio, height 
limitations, or traffic generation. Receiving 
properties must be identified based on the ability 
to accommodate the additional development 
rights without “substantial adverse 
environmental, economic, or social impact to the 
property or neighboring properties”. Sending 
properties are defined in law as areas with special 
characteristics, which may include floodplain, 
mountains, recreation or parkland or historic or 
aesthetic value.6 
 
  Development (“Impact”) Fees 
A.R.S. § 9-463.05 authorizes a municipality to 
assess development fees to offset costs to the 
municipality associated with providing necessary 
public services to a development.  A development 
fee must result in a beneficial use to the 
development, must bear a reasonable 
                                                 
6 A.R.S. § 9-462.01(H) 
relationship to the burden imposed upon the 
municipality to provide additional necessary 
public services to the development, and must be 
assessed in a nondiscriminatory manner.  A 
development impact fee ordinance must provide 
a credit toward the payment of a development 
fee for the required dedication of public sites and 
improvements provided by the developer for 
which the development fee is assessed. 
 
  Development Agreements 
A.R.S. § 9-500.05 authorizes a municipality to 
enter into development agreements.  A 
development agreement may address any matter 
relating to the development of property, 
including land use restrictions, provisions for 
infrastructure, phasing schedules, timing of 
annexation, and duration of the agreement.  A 
development agreement must be consistent with 
a municipality’s general and specific plans.  This 
statute has not been construed by the Arizona 
courts in a land use context.  Unresolved legal 
issues regarding development agreements include 
the relationship of such agreements to zoning 
regulations, notice and hearing procedures for 
adoption of development agreements, and 
whether such agreements constitute “contract 
zoning.” 
 
  Moratoriums 
A.R.S. § 9-463.06 prescribes the conditions under 
which a city or town may enact a moratorium on 
development or construction activities, including 
notice and hearing requirements and written 
findings justifying the need for the moratorium.  
The statute provides that a moratorium may be 
justified by either a need based on a shortage of 
essential public services or a “compelling need,” 
which is defined as a clear and imminent danger 
to the health and safety of the public.  The statute 
also provides for limitations on the duration of 
moratoriums and requires that procedures be 
established to allow landowners to seek waivers.

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
15
3.3  COUNTY PLANNING 
AUTHORITY 
The counties’ primary tools for land use control 
are planning, zoning, and subdivision regulations.  
Although the 1998 and 2000 Growing 
Smarter/Plus Acts added to county planning tools, 
authority in these areas is not as comprehensive 
as that of municipalities.  The authority of 
counties to zone is set forth in A.R.S. §§ 11-801 
to 11-833.  Counties may enact airport and 
floodplain regulations pursuant to the same 
enabling legislation applicable to municipalities.  
Counties also are authorized to adopt overlay 
zoning districts and regulations.7 
 
A.R.S. § 11-802 provides counties with specific 
statutory power to engage in comprehensive 
planning: 
 
 
 
The board of supervisors of a 
county, in order to conserve and promote 
the public health, safety, convenience and 
general welfare and in accordance with 
the provisions of this chapter, shall plan 
and provide for the future growth and 
improvement of its area of jurisdiction, 
and coordinate all public improvements in 
accordance therewith… 
 
 
A.R.S. § 11-821 provides that a county planning 
commission and board of supervisors are 
responsible for formulating and adopting a long-
term, comprehensive plan.  (For more 
information on the county comprehensive plan 
and its elements, see Chapter 7.) 
 
  Creation of Planning Commission 
A.R.S. § 11-802 also directs each county board of 
supervisors to: 
 
                                                 
7 A.R.S. § 11-821(F) 
 
…form planning and zoning 
commissions to consult with and advise it 
regarding matters of planning, zoning, and 
subdivision platting and in the manner 
provided in this chapter, adopt and 
enforce such rules, regulations, ordinances 
and plans as may apply to the 
development of its area of jurisdiction. 
 
 
A.R.S. § 11-803 provides the regulations for the 
composition and term-length of county planning 
and zoning commissions.  The number of 
members is dependent upon the number of 
supervisors in the county. 
 
 In counties having three supervisory 
districts, the commission consists of nine 
members.  Three members are 
appointed from each supervisory district 
by the supervisor from that district, and 
not more than three may be a resident 
of an incorporated municipality.  
 In counties having five districts, the 
commission consists of ten members, 
two from each district, and not more 
than one from each district may be a 
resident of an incorporated 
municipality. 
 
With the exception of the first appointed 
planning and zoning commission, county 
commissioners’ terms are for four years.  
Depending on the number of members, the initial 
planning and zoning commission will consist of 
five two-year and five four-year terms (for a ten-
member commission) or four two-year and four-
four year terms (for a nine-member commission).  
If a vacancy occurs other than by expiration of 
the term, it must be filled by an appointment 
replacing the remaining portion of the term. 
 
The county supervisors may remove a member of 
the commission for cause.  The county assessor, 
county engineer, county health officer and county 
“
”
“
”

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
16
attorney all serve in an advisory capacity to the 
planning commission and board of adjustment. 
 
The statutes that govern county planning and 
zoning authority (A.R.S. § 11-801, 11-802, 11-
803 and 11-804) are included in Appendix B.  To 
search the statutes in their entirety, consult a 
library or the ARS website at: 
www.azleg.state.az.us/ArizonaRevisedStatutes.asp. 
 
 
3.3.1 Other Sources of County 
Authority to Control Land Use 
 
Much of Section 3.2.1 related to municipal 
authority also applies to county planning, 
including the discussions of permits and licensing, 
easements and covenants, the acquisition and 
disposition of land, and the Arizona Preserve 
Initiative. Specific provisions with regard to 
county authority are noted below. Arizona 
Statutes do not address TDR in counties. In 
several areas, counties have authority to adopt 
regulations affecting land use that cities do not 
possess, such as the power to regulate air 
pollution. 
 
  Nuisance 
Only county boards of health have authority to 
control and abate nuisance.8  The board of 
supervisors has authority to “make and enforce all 
local, police, sanitary and other regulations not in 
conflict with general law”.9  The statutes authorize 
the county to establish boards of health, which 
may exercise all usual powers, including the 
regulation of sanitary conditions for subdivision.10 
 
                                                 
8 A.R.S. §§ 36-601 and 36-602 
9 A.R.S.§ 11-251(31) 
10 A.R.S.  § 36-182  and Davis v. Hidden, 124 Ariz. 546, 606 
P.2d 36 (1979). 
  Licenses and Permits 
Counties may require licenses and permits and 
building codes may be adopted and enforced 
through permits.11  However, the activities and 
occupations subject to regulation may be more 
limited than those for cities.  Before the county 
may regulate, the express power to do so must be 
delegated to it through enabling legislation.12  
 
  Acquisition and Disposition of Land 
Counties may acquire land for public purposes 
including open space by eminent domain.13  
Counties cannot engage in redevelopment or 
renewal activities, and the procedures for 
disposing county-owned land are restricted. 
 
  Pollution Control 
The responsibility for controlling air pollution is 
shared by the Arizona Department of 
Environmental Quality and county boards of 
supervisors at the local level.  Each board must 
designate a county department, establish an air 
control district or form a multi-county air quality 
control region to enforce air quality legislation 
within “non-attainment areas”.14  A board of 
supervisors is required to adopt such rules as it 
determines are necessary and feasible to control 
the release into the atmosphere of air 
contaminants originating within the county or 
multi-county air quality region.  Standards must 
be at least equal to, or more restrictive than, 
those adopted by the State.15 
 
  Development (“Impact”) Fees 
The Growing Smarter/Plus legislation authorized a 
county that has adopted a capital facilities plan to 
assess development fees within the covered 
planning area in order to offset the capital costs 
for water, sewer, streets, parks and public safety 
facilities determined by the plan to be necessary 
for public services provided by the county to a 
                                                 
11 A.R.S. §§ 11-808, 11-861, and 11-863. 
12 Davis v. Hidden, 124 Ariz. 546, 606 P.2d 36 (1979) 
13 A.R.S. §§ 9-464.01 and 12-1111. 
14A.R.S. § 49-473 
15 A.R.S. § 49-479

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
17
development in the planning area.16  
Development fees assessed by a county are 
subject to the same requirements imposed on 
municipalities, except that a county must give at 
least 120 days of advance notice of the intention 
to assess a new or increased development fee. 
 
  Development Agreements 
A.R.S. § 11-1101 authorizes a county to enter 
into development agreements.  The authority 
granted is substantially the same as that granted 
to municipalities, except that a county may only 
enter into development agreements relating to 
property outside the incorporated area of a city 
or town. 
 
 
3.4 THE TAKINGS ISSUES AND 
PLANNING 
Justice William O. Douglas of the U.S. Supreme 
Court, writing the majority opinion in Village of 
Belle Terre v. Borass 17 upheld a zoning ordinance 
restricting land use to single-family dwelling units, 
stating: 
 
 
A quiet place where yards are 
wide, people few, and motor vehicles 
restricted are legitimate guidelines in a 
land use project addressed to family needs 
- the police power is not confined to 
elimination of filth, stench, and unhealthy 
places, it is ample to lay out zones where 
family values, youth values, and the 
blessing of quiet seclusion, and clean air 
make the area a sanctuary for people. 
 
 
Zoning has also been defined as the process 
whereby a community defines its essential 
character. Whether driven by a concern for health 
and safety, or other public values, zoning 
                                                 
16 A.R.S. § 11-1102 
17 416 U.S. 1(1974) 
provides the mechanism by which neighboring 
uses of land are not mutually – or more often 
unilaterally – destructive.18  As Justice Sutherland 
observed for the United States Supreme Court in 
the landmark case of Village of Euclid v. Ambler 
Realty Co.,19 the power to zone closely parallels 
the common law of nuisance and thus finds 
guidance in the maxim “sic utere tuo ut alienum 
non laedas” (use your own property in such a 
manner as not to injure that of another).20  
Hence, a community reasonably might conclude 
that a factory has no place in an otherwise 
exclusively residential section or that an 
amusement park does not belong in an area 
devoted to quiet parks, libraries, and schools.  As 
in nuisance law, the issue is ultimately one of 
whether the proposed land use is – “like a pig in 
the parlor instead of the barnyard” – “merely the 
wrong thing in the wrong place.” 21 
 
In the interest of the public health, safety, and 
welfare, government can appropriate private land 
for public purposes.  When this occurs, 
compensation must be paid.  The term “taking” 
refers to a situation in which the regulation of 
private property without compensation is 
considered so burdensome as to be 
unconstitutional.  This is sometimes also referred 
to as inverse condemnation. 
 
The police power, i.e., the power to protect the 
public health safety and welfare (discussed in 3.1) 
is the legal basis for land use regulation.  The 
courts interpret this authority broadly.  Land use 
regulations may include economic, aesthetic, or 
safety considerations – as long as local law is not 
in conflict with state or federal law. Typically, 
landowners who claim inverse condemnation 
must show that for a temporary or permanent 
period of time all the use and value of a property 
has been destroyed – not just the owner’s ability 
                                                 
18 Brendale v. Confederated Tribes and Bands of Yakima 
Indian Nations, 492 U.S. 408 (1989). 
19 272 U.S. 365(1926) 
20 Id., at 387 
21 Id., at 388 
“
”

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
18
to pursue a preferred or intended use.  In 
Arizona, case law has affirmed that, to constitute 
a taking, a land use regulation must deprive the 
landowner of all reasonable use for which the 
property is adapted, and destroy its economic 
value, or leave all but a bare residue of its 
value.22 
 
Takings are often a complex issue, and any 
specific questions should be directed to legal 
counsel. In precedent-setting court decisions, 
several considerations have been identified with 
regard to land use regulation and takings: 
 
  Public Benefit 
Land use regulations must promote the common 
good. As expressed in Agins v. City of Tiburon,23 
part of the test to determine if a taking has 
occurred is if an ordinance “substantially 
advances legitimate state interests.”  In that case, 
the community’s low density zoning ordinance 
was upheld.  The court found that the 
preservation of open space is a legitimate use of 
the police power to guard a community against 
the effects of urbanization.  In another example, 
in Village of Euclid v. Ambler Realty Co.,24 the 
U.S. Supreme Court held that zoning 
classifications that separate incompatible land 
uses may benefit the whole community by 
ensuring safety and protecting property values.  
Zoning that protects or enhances the health and 
safety or welfare of a community will typically 
pass this test. 
 
  Economically Viable Land Uses 
Another consideration used by courts evaluating 
the constitutionality of a land use regulation is 
whether it deprives a property of all economically 
viable use.   Some fluctuation in property value is 
likely to occur in response to any government 
regulation.  Fluctuation alone is not typically 
grounds for a finding of a taking. Typically, the 
                                                 
22 Ranch 57 v. City of Yuma,152 Ariz. 218, 731 P.2d 113 
(Ariz. App. 1986) 
23 447 U.S. 255 (1979), 
24 272 U.S. 365 
courts have found that a taking has occurred 
when a regulation restricts a property from all 
economically viable uses in the name of the 
common good.  
 
  Exaction 
A nexus (reasonable relationship or logical 
connection) should exist between an exaction 
permit condition and the nature of the projected 
impacts of the proposed development.  The scope 
of an exaction must be roughly proportional to 
the projected impact of the proposed 
development.   
 
  Due Process 
Under the U.S. Constitution, property owners are 
guaranteed due process of law when the 
government deprives them of property. In 
evaluating the legitimacy of a regulation or land 
use decision, courts may review the process 
through which it was developed to ensure this 
guarantee. Such a review may include the 
assurance that fair public hearings were held or 
conflicts of interest avoided, among other 
procedural considerations. 
 
To summarize, a municipality can minimize or 
avoid the potential for damages to be assessed 
against it by ensuring that its land use regulations: 
 
 Do not exert disproportionate effects on 
individual developers or property 
owners. 
 Establish a connection (nexus) between 
the condition imposed and the 
perceived impacts of the development. 
 Allow some economically viable use of 
the property. 
Municipal attorneys and planners may evaluate 
procedures to minimize exposure to regulatory 
taking claims and to avoid liability for damages in 
the following ways:

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
19
 Determine the adequacy of land uses in 
the general plan and zoning categories 
to ensure a reasonable array of uses that 
may apply to property in each district. 
 Evaluate existing procedures for 
obtaining relief.  It may be advisable to 
enable an aggrieved landowner to 
appeal to the city or town council to 
alleviate the effect of potentially 
confiscatory regulations. It should be 
noted that Arizona law already requires 
a process for appealing administrative 
exactions in municipalities [A.R.S. § 9-
500.12] and counties [A.R.S. § 11-810]. 
 Establish the necessity for justifying 
development fees and exactions with 
studies that link the public purpose to 
be achieved with the nature and extent 
of the conditions imposed.  Traditional 
dedication requirements may be more 
suspect than fee exactions because they 
are seldom preceded by capital facilities 
studies that typically accompany fee 
ordinances. 
In addition to constitutional principles that 
protect property owners from arbitrary and 
confiscatory land use regulations, “protected 
development rights” statutes have been adopted 
in Arizona that permit land to be developed in 
accordance with certain approved development 
plans, notwithstanding changes in land use 
regulations for specified periods of time.  These 
statutes are set forth in A.R.S. § 9-1201 et seq. 
(cities and towns) and A.R.S. § 11-1201 et seq. 
(counties). 
 
 
3.5 CASE LAW REGARDING 
LAND USE REGULATION 
The United States Supreme Court has handed 
down several significant rulings that relate to 
planning and land use regulations. Brief 
descriptions of the background and holding for 
each case are provided below. Please note that 
court decisions can shift, be defined more 
precisely, or otherwise reinterpreted over time, as 
new cases are heard and new justices are 
appointed. When in doubt on the legal aspects of 
a specific situation, it is recommended that legal 
counsel be consulted.  
 
 
Background   Owners of Penn Central wished 
to develop a multi-story tower above its station in 
New York City. This desire was in conflict with the 
New York City Landmark Preservation Ordinance, 
which had been adopted to preserve the 
character of existing designated historic buildings.  
Penn Central challenged the ordinance and sued 
to build the office tower and recover 
compensatory damages for the temporary 
“taking” of holding up the development of the 
tower. 
 
Supreme Court Holding   The Supreme Court 
held that the property right to maximize the 
economic potential by developing the skyscraper 
was only one of many property rights held by the 
owners.  The ordinance was applied to like 
properties and therefore did not single out Penn 
Central.  All owners of like properties were both 
restricted in their development potential and 
enjoyed the benefits of the Landmark 
Preservation Ordinance.  Penn Central was not 
prevented from carrying out their existing 
lucrative business in the terminal so the court 
determined that the prevention of a skyscraper 
was not a taking. 
Penn Central Transportation Company v. 
City of New York, 438 U.S. 104,98 S.Ct. 
2646 (1978) 
3.5.1

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
20
 
 
 
 
 
Background   Agins acquired 5 acres of 
unimproved land in Tiburon, California for 
residential development.  The City of Tiburon 
rezoned the land to allow between one and five 
single-family residences and open space uses.  
Agins sued the city, alleging that the restrictions 
on the use of their property due to zoning 
amounted to a taking without just compensation.  
The California Supreme Courts ruled for Tiburon, 
holding that the zoning ordinance had deprived 
Agins of his property.  The case was appealed to 
the Supreme Court.  
 
Supreme Court Holding   The Court upheld the 
zoning designation, and established a “two-part 
test” for determining whether regulation has 
resulted in a taking. The test indicates that a 
taking has occurred: 1) if it can be shown that the 
regulation deprives an owner economically viable 
use of his land, or 2) if the regulation does not 
advance a legitimate government interest.   This is 
frequently referred to as the “disjunctive test”.  In 
this case, the appellants were not prevented from 
using their property or denied other fundamental 
attributes of ownership by the zoning ordinance. 
In addition, the Court determined that the 
ordinance did substantially advance the 
legitimate government goal of discouraging 
premature and unnecessary conversion of open 
space to urban land uses. 
 
 
 
Background   The church owned land along a 
creek where flooding had destroyed all the 
buildings on the property.  In response to the 
flooding, Los Angeles County adopted an interim 
ordinance prohibiting construction or 
reconstruction of buildings or other structures 
within an interim flood protection area, which 
included land owned by the church. As a result, 
the church sued the county to recover damages, 
alleging that the ordinance denied it all use of its 
property. 
 
The California courts held that a landowner need 
not be compensated for the reason that 
compensation is not required unless an ordinance 
is first declared unconstitutional and the 
government decides to let it remain in effect.  
Otherwise, invalidation of the ordinance is a 
sufficient remedy.  The case was appealed to the 
Supreme Court.  
 
Supreme Court Holding   The U.S. Supreme 
Court reversed the California Court of Appeals 
and held that even though a taking may be 
temporary in nature, invalidation of a regulation 
is not an adequate remedy and that under the 
Just Compensation Clause of the Fifth 
Amendment, compensation must be paid for the 
period of time an unconstitutional regulation is in 
effect.  
 
The First English decision had less impact in 
Arizona than in some other states because the 
Arizona Supreme Court had already ruled that 
landowners may seek compensation for damages 
that result from confiscatory land use regulations 
and temporary takings Corrigan v. City of 
Scottsdale.25 
 
 
 
Background   Nollan had applied for a permit 
to build a larger house on his beachfront lot. The 
California Coastal Commission included a permit 
                                                 
25 149 Ariz. 538, 720 P.2d 513 (1985), cert. denied, 479 U.S. 
986 
 
First English Evangelical Lutheran 
Church of Glendale v. Los Angeles 
County, 107 S.Ct. 2378 (1987) 
Nollan v. California Coastal 
Commission, 107 S.Ct. 3141 (1987) 
3.5.3 
3.5.4
Agins v. The City of Tiburon, 447 U.S. 
255 (1980) 
3.5.2

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
21
condition that required Nollan provide a public 
easement across his property, to allow access 
from one public beach to another public beach. 
Nollan sued, alleging a taking. The county court 
struck down the permit condition, but on appeal 
the California Court of Appeals ruled that the 
condition did not violate the takings clause of the 
constitution. The case was appealed to the 
Supreme Court.  
 
Supreme Court Holding   The Court 
determined that the Coastal Commission’s 
imposition of a requirement of a public easement 
across the plaintiff’s property as a condition of 
development approval constituted a taking 
without just compensation under the Fifth 
Amendment.  Although the government has the 
power to impose conditions on permits to further 
public purposes, the Court determined that the 
Coastal Commission’s goal of public access was 
not sufficiently related to the permit sought by 
Nollan. The rationale for the permit condition 
was that the new development would block the 
view of the beach, discouraging access, and that 
the impact of the development, together with 
other development in the area, would 
cumulatively burden the public’s right to traverse 
the beach. Although the public goal of continuous 
beach access is valid, the government must 
pursue that goal through means other than 
disproportionately burdening coastal landowners.  
In other words, there was no rational connection 
(“nexus”) between the permit to build a larger 
house and the need for public access across 
Nollan’s property.  The fact that the house might 
block view of the beach from the road had 
nothing to do with the need of people already on 
a public beach to traverse Nollan’s property to 
get to another public beach on the other side. 
 
This decision warns jurisdictions that they must 
thoroughly consider and document the nexus 
between public goals and the exactions intended 
to achieve them. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Background   Lucas bought two residential lots 
on a South Carolina barrier island, intending to 
build single-family homes such as those on the 
immediately adjacent parcels.  At the time of 
purchase, Lucas’s lots were not subject to the 
state’s coastal zone building permit requirements.  
Subsequently, the state legislature enacted the 
Beachfront Management Act, which barred Lucas 
from erecting any permanent habitable structures 
on his lots.  Lucas filed suit against the state 
agency, contending that the ban on construction 
deprived him of all economically viable use of his 
property and therefore effected a taking under 
the Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments that 
required the payment of just compensation. He 
did not dispute the validity of the regulation as a 
lawful exercise of the police power. A state court 
agreed with Lucas, then the South Carolina 
Supreme Court reversed this decision, ruling that 
no compensation was required since the 
regulation in question – the Beachfront 
Management Act – was designed to prevent 
“harmful or noxious” uses of property. The case 
was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. 
 
Supreme Court Holding   The U.S. Supreme 
Court reversed the South Carolina Supreme Court 
ruling and remanded the case to the state courts 
to give the state an opportunity to prove that, 
under state common-law principles of nuisance 
and property law, Lucas’ proposed uses of the 
lots could be prohibited. If state common law 
principles would have prevented the erection of 
habitable structures (although the Court deemed 
this unlikely), then the state could reasonably 
argue that it is not responsible for compensation 
since the Beachfront Management Act does not 
deprive the landowner of private property, as the 
“proscribed use interests were not part of his title 
to begin with.”  Otherwise, the Court decision 
affirmed that the government would be required 
Lucas v. South Carolina Coastal 
Council, 112 S.Ct. 2886, 120 L.Ed. 798 
(1992) 
3.5.5

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
22
to provide compensation, since all economically 
viable use of Lucas’ property was lost. A key 
outcome of this case is the affirmation that 
government regulation can affect a taking (as 
opposed to a physical taking, in which the 
government would actually take possession of a 
property). 
 
Although the validity of the use of the police 
power to enact the Beachfront Management Act 
was not questioned in this case, the Supreme 
Court listed in its decision the considerations for a 
typical inquiry into whether a taking has 
occurred, which included: 1) the degree of harm 
to public resources or adjacent private property 
posed by the landowner’s proposed activities; 2) 
the social value of the landowner’s activities and 
their suitability to the locality in question; and 3) 
the relative ease with which the alleged harm can 
be avoided through measures taken by both the 
landowner and the government (or adjacent 
private landowners).  In addition, the fact that a 
particular use has long been engaged in by 
nearby owners (or that that other nearby 
landowners are permitted to continue the use 
denied to the aggrieved landowner) is typically 
irrelevant to common-law prohibition (though 
changed circumstances or new knowledge may 
make what was previously permissible no longer 
so). 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Background   Dolan applied for a permit to 
expand her store and pave her parking lot. 
Approval of the permit was conditioned on the 
dedication of land for two purposes: a public 
greenway along a creek on the property to 
minimize flooding that would be exacerbated by 
the increase in impervious surface on the 
property, and a pedestrian/bike pathway to ease 
traffic congestion in the central business district. 
Through the City of Tigard Board of Appeals, 
Dolan alleged an uncompensated taking occurred 
since the land dedications were not related to the 
proposed development. The Board of Appeals 
(and later the state courts) rejected this assertion, 
finding a reasonable relationship between the 
permit conditions and the proposed 
development. The case was appealed to the U.S. 
Supreme Court. 
 
Supreme Court Holding   The Court reversed 
the decision, stating that the dedication 
requirements constituted an uncompensated 
taking of property. The Court found that 
preventing flooding and reducing traffic 
congestion were public purposes, and that a 
nexus did exist between the public purposes and 
the general strategies of limiting development 
and providing for alternative means of 
transportation. However, the Court used an 
individualized measure of “rough proportionality” 
to determine whether the nature and extent of 
the land dedication requirements fit the nature of 
the proposed development, and found that they 
did not. This finding was based on the fact that: 
1) Dolan had already dedicated 15% of her 
property in the floodplain to open space under 
the city code, and the city did not specify why a 
public (as opposed to a private) easement was 
necessary for flood control; and 2) the city did 
not demonstrate that the vehicle and bike trips 
generated by Dolan’s development would 
reasonably relate to the pathway easement.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Background   Between 1981 and 1984, the 
Tahoe Regional Planning Agency issued a 
moratorium on development on certain sensitive 
lands along the Lake Tahoe coastline. The agency 
was concerned about water quality degradation 
due to runoff from shoreline development, and 
the moratorium was imposed as a way to avoid 
Dolan v. City of Tigard, 114 S.CE. 2309 
(1994) 
3.5.6 
Tahoe-Sierra Preservation Council, Inc. 
v. Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, 
216 f.3d 764 (2002) 
3.5.7

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
23
further damage while the problem was studied 
and a land use plan developed. Hundreds of 
landowners who had bought undeveloped lots 
along the lake sued, arguing that the moratorium 
constituted a taking since it deprived them of all 
economically viable use of their properties. The 
case reached the U.S. Supreme Court and was 
decided in April 2002. 
 
Supreme Court Holding   The Court held that 
the moratorium did not automatically amount to 
a taking. The plaintiffs had argued that the Lucas 
case (described above) indicated that regulation 
would affect a taking if all viable economic uses 
were prohibited by it, and raised the prospect 
that even temporary restrictions would be subject 
to this rule. The merit of the water degradation 
considerations was not at issue. The decision 
stated that “land use regulations are ubiquitous 
and most of them impact property values in some 
tangential way”, but that compensation for all 
such regulations would “render government 
processes prohibitively expensive or encourage 
hasty decision-making.” Each moratorium must 
be weighed on its merits, including consideration 
of the public purpose, duration, and impact on 
the property owners’ expectations. In essence, the 
Court upheld the moratorium as a legitimate 
aspect of planning efforts to address community 
issues.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Background   Palazzolo’s predecessor in interest 
purchased an 18-acre waterfront parcel in 1959.  
Most of the parcel was a salt marsh subject to 
tidal flooding.  Some applications to develop the 
parcel were rejected by various governmental 
agencies in the early 1960s.  In 1971, the state 
designated salt marshes as protected coastal 
wetlands on which development is greatly 
limited.  The effect of the regulation was to 
limited development on Palazzolo’s land to one 
single-family residence.  In the early 1980s, 
Palazzolo applied to fill part of the parcel and 
build a private beach club.  After his application 
was denied, he filed an inverse condemnation 
action in state court asserting, among other 
things, that the wetlands regulations had taken 
his property without just compensation by 
depriving him of all economically beneficial use 
and seeking damages.  The trial court ruled 
against Palazzolo and the Rhode Island Supreme 
Court affirmed, holding, among other things, that 
he could not assert a takings claim based on the 
denial of all economically viable use in light of 
undisputed evidence that he had $200,000 in 
development value remaining on an upland 
parcel of the property. 
 
Supreme Court Holding   The U.S. Supreme 
Court held that the Rhode Island Supreme Court 
did not err in finding that Palazzolo failed to 
establish a deprivation of all economic use, for it 
was undisputed that his parcel retained significant 
development value.  The Court noted that a state 
may not evade the duty to compensate on the 
premise that the landowner is left with a token 
interest, but that was not the situation in this 
case.  A regulation permitting a landowner to 
build a substantial residence on an 18-acre parcel 
does not leave the property “economically idle.”  
Although deprivation of all economic use was not 
shown, the case was remanded to the state courts 
to consider whether a taking had occurred under 
the ad hoc factual analysis of all circumstances 
approach set forth in the Penn Central case (see 
Section 3.5.1 of this chapter).  
 
 
3.6  ADDITIONAL REFERENCES 
For specific cases or detailed questions, please 
consult with your jurisdiction’s attorney. 
 
 
Web site for the Arizona State Legislature:  
http://www.azleg.state.az.us 
 
Palazzolo v. Rhode Island, 121 S.Ct. 
2448 (2001) 
3.5.8

CHAPTER 3 
LEGAL AUTHORITY TO PLAN & ZONE 
 
24
Web site for the U.S. Supreme Court:  
http://www.supremecourtus.gov/index.html 
 
 
Web site for the Legal Information Institute:  
http://www.law.cornell.edu/topics/land_use.html 
 
 
1 A.R.S. § 9-462.05(D) 
2 Goodman v. Superior Court, 137 Ariz. 348, 670 
P. 2d 746 (App. 1983)  
3 A.R.S. § 33-271 through § 33-276 
4 A.R.S. § 9-401 
5 A.R.S. Title 37, Article 4.2 
6 A.R.S. § 9-462.01(H) 
7 A.R.S. § 11-821(F) 
8 A.R.S. §§ 36-601 and 36-602 
9 A.R.S.§ 11-251(31) 
10 A.R.S. § 36-182 and Davis v. Hidden, 124 Ariz. 
546, 606 P.2d 36 (1979). 
11 A.R.S. §§ 11-808, 11-861, and 11-863. 
12 Davis v. Hidden, 124 Ariz. 546, 606 P.2d 36 
(1979) 
13 A.R.S. §§ 9-464.01 and 12-1111. 
14 A.R.S. § 49-473 
15 A.R.S. § 49-479 
16 A.R.S. § 11-1102 
17 416 U.S. 1(1974) 
18 Brendale v. Confederated Tribes and Bands of 
Yakima Indian Nations, 492 U.S. 408 (1989). 
19 272 U.S. 365(1926) 
20 Id., at 387 
21 Id., at 388 
22 Ranch 57 v. City of Yuma,152 Ariz. 218, 731 
P.2d 113 (Ariz. App. 1986) 
23 447 U.S. 255 (1979), 
24 272 U.S. 365 
25 149 Ariz. 538, 720 P.2d 513 (1985), cert. 
denied, 479 U.S. 986

&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
4
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
PUBLIC HEARINGS
&

25
CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
& PUBLIC HEARINGS
 
 
 
 
 
Planning commissions and boards of adjustment have a responsibility to 
inform and educate their communities on the purpose and benefits of 
planning, as well as invite public input on planning issues. This chapter 
focuses on the statutory requirements for public notification and 
involvement – especially provisions of the Open Meeting Law and Growing 
Smarter/Plus – and techniques for conducting meetings.  
 
Well-run meetings and open public participation are vital to the ability of 
the commission or board to make informed and effective decisions. First, 
more input often leads to better decision-making, since decisions are then 
based on more information. Second, when the public sees the process 
through which decisions are made as reasonable and objective, those 
decisions are more likely to be accepted. Finally, State Statutes establish 
certain requirements with regard to public notification and input. Not 
following the law may invalidate a decision.

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
26
4.1 THE OPEN MEETING LAW 
The operation of government and the activities of 
government officials are often topics of interest to 
the public.  Generally speaking, there seems to be 
a distinct message delivered by the public: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Arizona’s Open Meeting Law [A.R.S. § 35-5431] 
provides very simply that, with a few limited 
exceptions, all meetings of a public body shall be 
open to all persons desiring to attend. 
 
The law defines a meeting as “the gathering of a 
quorum of members of a public body to propose 
or take legal action, including any deliberations 
with respect to such action.”  This means that all 
meetings or gatherings at which a quorum of the 
public body is present to discuss or decide public 
business must comply with the notice, agenda 
and minute requirements specified in the law 
and, except where an executive session is 
expressly authorized, be open to the public.  
Meetings of less than a quorum that are 
perceived to be an attempt to get around this 
provision are also violations of the Open Meeting 
Law.  The law requires that any doubts on correct 
procedure be resolved in favor of openness. 
 
General Provisions   The Open Meeting Law 
applies to more than just the meetings of the 
Legislature, the boards of supervisors, and city or 
town councils.  It applies to any “public body.”  If 
the public body or its presiding officer appoints a 
committee or subcommittee to study a particular 
issue, the law also governs the meetings of the 
committee or subcommittee, regardless of the 
composition of the group.  This means that 
planning and zoning commissions, boards of 
adjustment, library boards, school boards, special 
district boards, and any standing, special, and 
advisory committees or subcommittees to these 
groups, must all comply. 
 
Sanctions   If any business of a public body is 
conducted in violation of the provisions of the 
Open Meeting Law, the actions taken at such a 
meeting are null and void.  In addition, any 
person affected, the Attorney General, or the 
county attorney may file an action and obtain 
civil penalties, attorneys’ fees and court 
injunctions against the public body or individual 
who violated the law.  The court may remove 
that person or those persons from office and 
personally assess them with the attorneys’ fee 
award. 
 
Ratification   A public body may ratify legal 
action previously taken in violation of the law.  
Ratification is appropriate when the public body 
needs to validate a prior act in order to preserve 
the earlier effective date of the action.  For 
example, some public bodies are required by law 
to approve their budgets by a certain date.  If the 
public body discovered after the statutory 
deadline that its earlier approval was void due to 
a violation of the Open Meeting Law, it could 
face serious legal problems.  In this situation, it 
would be appropriate for the public body to meet 
and ratify its prior action in order to preserve the 
initial effective date of the action.  Ratification 
merely validates the prior action; it does not 
eliminate liability of the public body or others for 
injunctive relief, penalties and fees.  The 
procedure for ratification is prescribed in A.R.S. § 
38-431.05(B). 
 
 
4.1.1 Public Notice Requirements 
 
The Open Meeting Law requires that public notice 
be given for all public meetings and executive 
sessions.  In giving notice, the first step is to file a 
statement with the municipal or county clerk 
identifying where public notices of the meetings 
of the public body will be posted.  Once this 
statement has been filed, the law requires that 
the public body post notice each of its meetings 
The public’s business must 
be conducted in public!

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
27
in accordance with this statement and “give such 
additional notice as is reasonable and 
practicable.”  The notice must be posted at least 
twenty-four hours before the meeting, and must 
include the time, date, and place of the meeting.  
 
Any public body that intends to meet for a 
specified calendar period on a regular day or date 
and at a regular place and time may post public 
notice of these meetings at the beginning of this 
period of time.  For example, a notice of regularly 
scheduled meetings of a city council may be 
posted once at the proper location to cover all 
regular meetings taking place during a specified 
period of time.  The notice must indicate the 
period of time for which the notice will be valid. 
 
Notice for Meeting Resumption   Except 
when an actual emergency is found to exist, no 
public meeting or executive session may be held 
with less than twenty-four hours notice to the 
members of the public body and the general 
public.  However, a meeting may be recessed and 
resumed with less than twenty-four hours notice 
if public notice of the initial session of the 
meeting was properly given; and if, prior to 
recessing, notice is publicly given as to the time 
and place of the resumption of the meeting, or 
the method by which public notice for the 
resumption of the meeting is to be given. 
 
The only exception to these provisions for public 
notice is in the case of an emergency when a 
meeting can be called with notice appropriate 
under the circumstances. 
 
 
4.1.2 The Meeting Agenda 
 
The Open Meeting Law requires that the public 
body provide an agenda of the specific matters to 
be discussed, considered or decided at a public 
meeting.  This does not permit the use of agenda 
items such as “new business” or “old business” 
unless the specific items of new and old business 
are listed.  The agenda should “contain such 
information as is reasonably necessary to inform 
the public of the matters to be discussed or 
decided.”  In addition, public bodies may include 
a “call to the public” in their agendas to designate 
a part of the meeting during which members of 
the public may address the public body on any 
issue. However, it should be noted that the public 
body should not discuss or take action on the 
issues raised during the call to public, but may 
decide to place the issue on a future agenda for 
discussion or action. If it is essential that the body 
act immediately, it should declare an emergency 
and take action in accordance with the 
emergency procedure prescribed in A.R.S. § 38-
431.02. 
 
The agenda may be included as part of the public 
notice, or if the notice advises the public as to 
how they can obtain an agenda, it can be 
distributed separately from the notice.  In either 
case, the agenda must be made available at least 
twenty-four hours before the meeting, unless an 
actual emergency is found to exist. 
 
Preparing the Agenda   The agenda for any 
single meeting should not be overloaded.  If 
necessary, schedule an occasional extra meeting 
to clear any backlog of items that need to be 
considered.  This is better than holding a 
marathon meeting to tackle a long list of items.  
Prior to regular meetings, boards and 
commissions may opt to hold study sessions with 
staff present to review complex cases and 
familiarize themselves with the case materials.  
Study sessions are useful because they provide an 
informal setting for commission members to 
discuss and ask questions, and also provide the 
public or potential applicants the opportunity to 
learn commission’s concerns and philosophy prior 
to a formal hearing. 
 
Schedule topics on the agenda to avoid 
inconvenience or delays to the public, and follow 
the agenda.  Unopposed and noncontroversial 
items should be addressed first, allowing the 
people connected with them to leave early on.  
This practice will also help move things along 
expeditiously on the agenda.

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
28
Consent and Action Items   Many commissions 
find that dividing the agenda into two parts, 
consent and action items, helps speed the 
meeting along.  Items listed under consent are 
usually decisions for which there is no 
controversy, consensus has been reached, no new 
information is available, and the case already has 
been reviewed by the commission in detail.  The 
consent items are read at the public meeting.  
Before a motion is made and note is taken, the 
chair asks if any commissioner or member of the 
public would like any of the items removed from 
the consent agenda in order to hear discussion of 
the item. If no one objects, then a motion to 
approve the consent agenda is made and the vote 
taken.  If any item is removed, it is put on the 
regular agenda.  The commission can then move 
on to action items. 
 
For each action item, staff should present the 
facts of the case and staff recommendations.  
Board members and commissioners should ask 
any questions of staff not addressed in any pre-
meeting study session before turning to the 
applicants to present their case.  Finally, board 
members and commissioners may ask brief, 
pertinent questions of the applicants.   This 
should be an opportunity to gather new 
information to aid in decision-making. 
 
 
4.1.3 Executive Sessions 
 
The Open Meeting Law permits public bodies to 
hold an executive session – a closed meeting from 
which the public may be excluded – for 
discussion and consideration of particular 
subjects.  The law specifies the seven purposes for 
which an executive session may be called.  These 
are: 
 
Discussion or consideration of employment, 
assignment, appointment, promotion, 
demotion, dismissal, salaries, disciplining or 
resigning of a public officer, appointee or 
employee of any public body (with the 
exception of salary discussions in which an 
officer, appointee or employee may 
demand that such discussion or 
consideration occur at a public meeting).  
The public body must provide the officer, 
appointee or employee with such notice of 
the executive session as is appropriate but 
not less than twenty-four hours for the 
officer, appointee or employee to 
determine whether such discussion or 
consideration should occur at a public 
meeting. 
 
Discussion or consideration of records 
exempt by law from public inspection. 
 
Discussion or consultation for legal advice 
with the attorney(s) of the public body. 
 
Discussion or consultation with the 
attorneys of the public body in order to 
consider its position and instruct its 
attorney(s) regarding the public body’s 
position in pending or contemplated 
litigation. 
 
Discussion or consultation with designated 
representatives of the public body in order 
to consider its position and instruct its 
representatives regarding negotiations with 
employee organizations regarding the 
salaries, salary schedules or compensation 
paid in the form of fringe benefits of 
employees of the public body. 
 
Discussion, consultation or consideration 
for international and interstate 
negotiations. 
 
Discussion or consultation with designated 
representatives of the public body in order 
to consider its position and instruct its 
representatives regarding negotiation for 
the purchase or lease of real property. 
 
The law only permits an executive session in these 
instances; it does not require an executive session.  
Planning commissions and boards of adjustment 
1 
2
3
4
5
6
7

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
29
should establish, with the assistance of their local 
attorney, a clear procedure to use when holding 
an executive session. 
 
Public Notice of Executive Session   Before an 
executive session may be held, twenty-four hours 
notice of the executive session must be given, and 
a majority of the public body must vote in public 
to hold the executive session.  For example, if the 
need for an executive session arises during the 
course of a regular meeting, the public body may 
vote to hold the session.  However, the executive 
session cannot be held at that time, unless at least 
twenty-four hours notice has previously been 
given.  The notice must cite A.R.S. § 38-431.02, 
the specific provision of law authorizing an 
executive session. 
 
Executive sessions may be held during a public 
meeting if the proper notice of the executive 
session is posted as part of the public meeting 
notice or as a separate notice.  If the need for an 
executive session arises at a time other than 
during a meeting, a notice calling a special 
meeting and an executive session must be posted.  
The special meeting must be convened to vote on 
holding an executive session, and then upon a 
majority vote in a public meeting, the public 
body may adjourn into executive session. 
 
The Agenda for Executive Session   Agendas 
for executive sessions must contain a “general 
description of the matters to be considered” but 
should not contain information that “would 
defeat the purpose of the executive session.” 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.1.4 Meeting Records 
 
All public bodies, including subcommittees and 
advisory committees, must provide written 
minutes or a recording of all meetings.  The 
minutes or recording of all public meetings must 
include, at a minimum, the following: 
 
The date, time and place of the meeting. 
 
The members of the public body recorded 
as either present or absent. 
 
A general description of the matters 
discussed or considered. 
 
An accurate description of all legal actions 
proposed, discussed or taken, the names of 
members proposing motions, and each 
member’s vote. 
 
The names of persons, as given, making 
statements or presenting material to the 
public body and a reference to the specific 
legal action addressed by the person. 
 
If the discussion in the public session does 
not adequately disclose the subject matter 
and specifics of the action taken, the 
minutes of the public meeting at which 
such action was taken should contain 
sufficient information so that the public 
may investigate further the background or 
specific facts of the decision. 
 
In the event that matters not on the agenda 
were discussed or decided at a meeting 
because of an actual emergency, the 
minutes must contain a statement setting 
forth the reasons necessitating the 
discussion, consideration or decision 
without the matter being placed on the 
agenda. 
 
Finally, if a prior act is ratified, the minutes 
must contain a copy of the disclosure 
statement required for ratification. 
No executive session may be 
held for the purpose of taking 
any legal action involving a 
final vote or decision. 
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
30
In addition to written or recorded minutes of the 
meeting, the law provides that any part of a 
public meeting can be recorded by any person in 
attendance by means of a tape recorder, camera 
or other means of sonic reproduction as long as 
there is no significant interference with the 
conduct of the meeting. 
 
Minutes of Executive Sessions   The minutes 
or a recording of any meeting, except for the 
minutes of executive sessions, must be open to 
public inspection no later than three working 
days after the meeting.  Minutes must be taken in 
executive sessions and must be kept confidential 
except from the members of the public body that 
met in executive session or officers, appointees or 
employees who are the subject of discussions.  
The minutes of executive sessions must contain 
the information described in paragraphs 1, 2, 3 
and 7 above.  If the public body wishes to 
exclude all staff from attending the executive 
session, then a member of the public body should 
record the minutes. 
 
A 1983 amendment to the Open Meeting Law 
allows the Attorney General or the county 
attorney access to the executive session minutes 
under certain circumstances.  First a written 
complaint must be submitted alleging a violation 
of the law as it relates to executive sessions.  
Secondly, the Attorney General or the county 
attorney must issue an investigative request for 
the minutes of the executive session.  Upon 
receipt of the request by the public body, 
including a city or town, the public body may 
comply with the request or, upon a majority vote, 
apply to a superior court in the county for a 
protective order directing that the minutes of the 
executive session not be disclosed. 
 
The court then determines whether or not the 
minutes of the executive session are relevant to 
the complaint and can order them released if 
“justice so requires.”  At the public body’s option, 
it may also disclose the minutes to the attorney 
general or the County Attorney. 
4.2 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION 
REQUIREMENTS IN 
PLANNING & ZONING 
4.2.1 General and Comprehensive 
Plans 
 
The Growing Smarter and Growing Smarter Plus 
legislation was passed in 1998 and 2000, 
respectively, and included provisions related to 
public participation in the planning process. 
Legislation was passed in 2002 (House Bill 2601) 
that clarified some aspects of the mandates. 
Public participation procedures that are currently 
required by State Statutes to accompany general 
or comprehensive plan development, or the 
consideration of major amendments to the plan, 
are summarized below. For more information on 
the planning process or coordination with other 
agencies, please refer to Chapters 6 (for 
municipalities) and 7 (for counties). 
 
Adoption of Written Procedures   The statutes 
require that the governing body adopt written 
public involvement procedures that will “provide 
effective, early, and continuous public 
participation in the development and major 
amendment of general plans from all geographic, 
ethnic, and economic areas.” It is suggested the 
adoption of a public participation plan be one of 
the first steps taken by a community or county as 
it embarks on the development or update of a 
plan. The statutes specify that these procedures 
address: 
 
 The broad dissemination of proposals and 
alternatives 
 The opportunity for written comments 
 Public hearings after effective notice 
 Open discussions, communications 
programs and information services 
 Consideration of public comments

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
31
Adoption of the Plan Document or Major 
Amendment   The planning commission, if one 
exists, must hold a public hearing to discuss the 
draft plan or amendment to the plan in 
accordance with the meeting and noticing 
requirements in State Statutes [see A.R.S. § 9-
461.06(D) and (G) for municipalities and A.R.S. § 
11-823(B) for counties]. If the municipality’s 
population is larger than 25,000, two or more 
hearings must be held in different locations 
throughout the community. Once a 
recommendation on the plan is transmitted to the 
legislative body of the municipality or county, 
another hearing must be held prior to legislative 
action. If a motion to adopt or readopt a plan or 
major amendment fails to pass, the motion may 
be reconsidered in any manner allowable under 
the governing body’s rules of procedure, but any 
subsequent motion must be approved by an 
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the 
governing body. Many municipalities will be 
subject to the ratification requirement before a 
proposed general plan is put into effect. 
 
If a county fails to adopt or readopt the 
comprehensive plan, the current plan will remain 
in effect until a new plan is adopted. The board 
of supervisors must either reconsider the 
proposed plan or consider a revised plan within 
one year, and continue this process until one is 
adopted.  
 
Major amendments should be defined in each 
plan, and are subject to different adoption 
requirements than minor amendments.  Major 
amendments may be heard only once per 
calendar year at a single hearing, and application 
must occur in the same calendar year as a 
proposal is made [see A.R.S. § 9-461.06 (G)].  To 
approve the adoption or readoption of a major 
amendment, at least two-thirds of the governing 
body must vote affirmatively for approval. 
 
Ratification   Upon adoption of the plan by the 
governing body, the plan must be ratified by a 
public vote before it can become effective.  This 
applies to jurisdictions that meet either of the 
following two conditions. 
 
 A population of 2,500 or more with an 
annual growth rate averaging 2% or more 
for the 10 year period of the most recent 
census, or  
 A population of 10,000 or more. 
 
The vote for ratification should occur at the next 
regularly scheduled general election or at a 
special election scheduled at least 120 days after 
the adoption of the plan, pursuant to A.R.S. § 16-
204.  The governing body shall include a 
description of the general plan and its elements in 
the election pamphlet and the plan shall be made 
available at two locations that are easily 
accessible to the public.  The general plan may 
also be made available on the municipal website. 
 
If the plan fails to be approved by the majority of 
voters in the election, the current plan will remain 
in effect until a new plan is ratified by means of 
the process described above.  This can occur 
either at the next regularly scheduled general 
election or at a special election scheduled at least 
120 days after the governing body has readopted 
the new or a revised new plan. 
 
 
4.2.2 Notice for Zoning Hearings 
 
The state requirements for most zoning hearings 
are lengthier with more elaborate notification 
procedures, in comparison to other meeting 
requirements. The citizen review process and all 
notification and hearing requirements apply to a 
zoning ordinance that changes any property from 
one zone to another, imposes any regulation not 
previously imposed on a property, or removes or 
modifies any regulation previously imposed. 
 
Citizen Review Process for Rezonings   State 
Statutes require that the governing body adopt a 
citizen review process for rezonings by ordinance 
[A.R.S. §§ 9-462.03(A) and 11-829(B)]. This

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
32
process would then apply to all rezoning and 
specific plan applications that require a public 
hearing. The citizen review process should include 
procedures to address the following: 
 
Notification will be provided to adjacent 
landowners and potentially affected citizens 
of the application. 
The municipality will inform adjacent 
landowners and potentially affected citizens 
of the substance of the proposed rezoning.  
Adjacent landowners and other potentially 
affected citizens will be provided an 
opportunity to express any issue or concerns 
with the proposed rezoning before the 
public hearing. 
 
 
Please note that the statutes already include fairly 
specific requirements for notification, as 
summarized below.  
 
Municipal Notice Provisions   In 1988, the 
State Legislature amended A.R.S. § 9-462.04 
requiring additional notice for municipal zoning 
ordinance changes. Notice for a rezoning hearing 
must include 1) the time and place of the public 
hearing, 2) a general explanation of the matter to 
be considered, and 3) a description of the area 
affected. Notice shall be given at least fifteen 
days prior to the hearing by the following means: 
 
 Publication at least once in a newspaper 
published or circulated in the 
municipality, 
 If there is no newspaper fitting this 
description, the notice must be posted on 
the affected property and in a least 10 
public places in the municipality. All 
posted notices must be printed so that the 
following information is visible from a 
distance of 100 feet:  
ƒ the word “zoning” 
ƒ the present zoning district classification 
ƒ the proposed zoning district classification 
ƒ the date and time of the hearing 
 
 If the proposed rezoning involves land 
that abuts other municipalities or 
unincorporated areas of the county or a 
portion thereof, copies of the notice for 
the public hearing should be transmitted 
to the planning agency of the abutting 
jurisdiction(s). 
 If the rezoning is not initiated by the 
property owner, notice must be sent by 
first class mail to each real property owner 
of the area to be rezoned, as shown on 
the last assessment of the property, and to 
all property owners within 300 feet of the 
property to be rezoned. 
 If the rezoning involves land that is within 
the territory in the vicinity of a military 
airport as defined in A.R.S. § 28-8461, 
then the municipality must send copies of 
the notice for the public hearing by first 
class mail to the military airport (1995 
amendment). 
 
Some rezoning proceedings are subject to 
additional requirements (note that these criteria 
and requirements also apply to counties), if the 
following changes are proposed: 
 
 A ten percent or more increase or 
decrease in the number of square feet or 
units that may be developed 
 A ten percent or more increase or 
reduction in the allowable height of 
buildings 
 An increase or reduction in the allowable 
number of stories of buildings 
 A ten percent or more increase or 
decrease in setback or open space 
requirements 
 An increase or reduction in permitted uses

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
33
If these criteria are met, then the municipality 
must provide notice to the real property owners 
pursuant to at least one of the following 
notification procedures: 
 
 First class mail to each real property 
owner whose property is directly 
governed by the changes. 
 Notice may be included with utility bills 
or other mass mailings to each property 
owner directly involved in the changes. 
 Prior to the first hearing on proposed 
changes, the municipality may publish 
such changes in a newspaper of general 
circulation.  The changes should be 
published in a “display ad” covering not 
less than one-eighth of a full page. 
 
If notice is provided via one of the last two 
methods described above, the municipality 
should also send notice by first class mail to 
persons who register their names and addresses 
with the city as being interested in receiving such 
notices.  A municipality or county may charge a 
fee not to exceed five dollars a year for providing 
this service and may adopt procedures to 
implement this provision.   
 
If the municipality’s planning commission (or 
hearing officer) has held a public hearing on the 
proposed changes, the governing body may 
adopt the recommendations of the hearing body 
without holding a second public hearing if there 
is no objection, request for public hearing, or 
other protest. Please note that the meeting to 
adopt the proposed changes must still conform to 
Open Meeting Law requirements.  
 
County Notice Provisions   Any applicant 
petitioning for changes or amendments to the 
county zoning regulations changing the zoning 
district boundaries within an area previously 
zoned must file an application with the county. 
Upon receipt of the application, the board of 
supervisors must submit it to the commission for 
a report. 
Prior to reporting to the board, the planning 
commission shall hold at least one public hearing 
after giving at least fifteen days notice in a 
newspaper of general circulation in the county 
seat and by posting in the area of the proposed 
change.  In the case of a rezoning, the posting 
must be in no less than two places with a least 
one notice for each quarter mile of frontage along 
perimeter public rights-of-way.  The notices 
should be visible from the nearest public right-of-
way. The commission shall also send notice by 
first class mail to 1) each real property owner 
within 300 feet of the proposed change, and 2) 
county and municipality who is contiguous to the 
area of the amendment or change.  If the 
commission initiated the proposed change, then 
notice must be sent via first class mail to each real 
property owner of land whose property would be 
governed by the proposed change as well. 
 
The notice referenced above must include the 
following information: 
 
The date, time, and place of the public 
hearing 
 
A general explanation of the matter to be 
considered 
 
A general description of the area of the 
proposed amendment or change 
 
How the real property owners within the 
zoning area may file approvals or protests 
to the proposed rezoning 
 
Notification that if 20% of the property 
owners (by area and number) within the 
zoning area file protests, then an 
affirmative vote of at least three-fourths of 
all members of the board of supervisors 
would be required to approve the rezoning 
 
Some rezoning proceedings are subject to 
additional requirements, similarly to 
municipalities. The same criteria and 
1
2
3
4
5

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
34
requirements apply to counties and 
municipalities. 
 
The county board of supervisors may adopt the 
amendment after holding a public hearing.  If the 
planning commission or hearing officer has held a 
public hearing, the board may adopt the 
commission’s recommendations through use of a 
consent calendar without holding a second 
hearing if there is no objection, request for a 
public hearing, or other protest. The board then 
may adopt the amendment after the hearing; 
however, if 20% of the owners of the property 
within the zoning area (by area and number 26) 
file a protest to the proposed change, approval of 
the change would require affirmative votes from 
at least three-fourths of the board members. 
 
 
4.3 SUCCESSFUL PUBLIC 
MEETINGS 
Planning commissions and boards of adjustment 
spend the majority of their working time in public 
meetings.  The community’s impression of the 
commission or board depends largely on their 
conduct and professionalism.  Following are tips 
for conducting a successful public meeting: 
 
 Keep the meeting on track.  The chair 
plays a very important role in ensuring 
that the meeting is conducted smoothly 
and that the agenda is adhered to.  The 
commission or board should have a set 
meeting procedure to follow. 
 Keep the meeting under control.  Do 
not allow members of the public to 
clap, cheer, whistle, etc.; the chair 
should “gavel down” this kind of 
behavior.  The chair should prevent 
                                                 
26 In calculating the owners by area, only that portion of the 
lot or parcel of record that is within 300 feet of the property 
to be rezoned shall be included. In calculating the owners by 
number or area, county property and public rights-of-way 
should not be included [A.R.S. § 11-829 (D)].  
commissioners or members of the board 
from accusing or overtly challenging 
each other, staff, members of the 
public, or persons testifying. 
 Commissioners or members of the 
board should never bring up the pros 
and cons of an agenda item before all 
testimony and evidence have been 
presented.  Then the discussion should 
focus on the facts presented, not on the 
presenters. 
 All applicants and members of the 
public providing testimony should be 
afforded the same courtesy, attention, 
and time before the commission or the 
board.  Communication should be 
formal; joking and use of nicknames 
may be considered disrespectful. 
 The commission or the board should 
avoid becoming bogged down in petty 
details or endless requests for additional 
data just to avoid decision-making.  The 
chair should move the meeting along by 
summarizing the facts and the positions 
presented by commission or board 
members, and bringing matters to a 
vote. 
 If absolutely necessary, the commission 
or the board may postpone making a 
decision until after an especially heated 
hearing, thereby allowing clearer 
thinking to prevail. 
 If the meeting gets out of control and it 
is necessary to stop proceedings, the 
agenda item under discussion may be 
continued to a specified date and time. 
 When in doubt as to how to proceed, 
the commission or the board should 
seek an opinion from their attorney.

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
35
Making Decisions   All formal actions 
(voting) taken by the commission or board are 
initiated by motion.  For example, a 
commissioner might say, “I move that the 
commission recommend the rezoning of the 
subject property from R1-6 single family 
residential to R2 multi-family resident.”  Stating 
a motion places a matter before the 
commission or board for its consideration and 
permits debate to take place.  Amendments to 
the main motion are always voted on before 
voting on the main motion itself.  Discussion 
must be pertinent to the motion that is under 
consideration.  Following discussion on the 
motion or during a roll call vote, members 
should give their reasons for supporting or not 
supporting the motion as stated. 
 
If the commission or board is lacking enough 
information to make a decision on an application, 
they should request that the applicant provide 
them with aerial or topographic maps of the area, 
surveys, engineering studies, reports or whatever 
is needed to make an informed decision.  The 
commission or board has a right to reasonable 
requests for information; however, the additional 
time and expense to the applicant should be 
considered. 
 
A short statement explaining the commission’s or 
board’s vote provides the applicant, the public, 
and the elected body with the reason for an 
action.  For example, a commissioner may say: 
“I’m voting against this proposal because it 
clearly conflicts with our general plan, and the 
evidence presented does not provide sufficient 
justification to amend the general plan”.  This will 
be important to support the commission’s or 
board’s position if a decision is appealed. 
 
Public Hearing Protocol   Public hearings must 
be opened with a motion.  When all testimony 
has been heard, the hearing must be closed with 
a motion, and the meeting resumed.  
 
A typical hearing process includes the following 
steps: 
 
Call to Order by Chair - If a study session is 
held, the board members review agenda 
items.  The chair closes the study session, 
typically takes a 5-minute break, then calls 
to order the regular meeting.  Chair can 
review the format of the hearing and lay 
the ground rules for those in attendance at 
this time.  
 
Quorum - Chair notes if a quorum is 
present 
 
Call to Public or Communication from 
Citizens - Board hears comments from the 
public.  Discussion does not occur on items 
raised. However, a board or commission 
member may make a motion to place an 
item on a future agenda for discussion, so 
that the item may be properly noticed.  
 
Consent Calendar - Typically items for 
action by motion with minimal discussion.  
For example, a consent item may be to 
review, amend, edit, or revise minutes 
from the last meeting.  Projects may be 
placed on the consent calendar that have 
been deliberated in detail at previous 
meetings. A motion to accept the consent 
calendar is given, seconded, and the board 
votes. Chair verbalizes the outcome of the 
vote for the record.  
 
Public Hearings - Each agenda item is taken 
through steps (a) to (g): 
 
a) Staff reviews project - Board may ask 
questions through the chair. At this time, 
the chair may declare time limits for 
presentations by applicant and those 
speaking in favor or opposing the project. 
b) Applicant presents evidence - Staff or 
board may ask questions through the 
chair. 
1
2
3
4
5

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
36
c) Chair opens the public hearing - Chair asks 
if any members of the public wish to 
speak. 
d) Rebuttal - Chair asks the applicant if he 
wishes to respond to any of the public’s 
comments. 
e) Chair may ask board members for 
comments or questions. 
f) Chair asks if there are any more public 
comments and, if there are none, closes 
the public meeting. 
g) Chair asks the board for discussion, then a 
motion - Board members may discuss all 
information at hand, review stipulations, 
consider additional conditions, and/or 
consider continuance.  A board member 
(in most communities it is someone other 
than the chair) makes a motion to grant, 
grant with stipulations, deny, or continue 
the proposal.  After a board member 
(typically, someone other than the chair) 
seconds the motion, the board may 
discuss the motion, and make 
amendments if desired.  The chair restates 
the contents of the motion (if needed) and 
a vote is taken.  The result of the vote is 
announced. 
h) All items in Step 4 are repeated for each 
case on the agenda. 
 
Announcements - Staff or board may 
announce information, request a concern 
be passed on to council, request 
information, etc. 
 
Adjournment - Meeting can end by vote or 
general consent. 
 
Note:  Some communities hold a worksession 
immediately prior to the hearing.  The worksession is 
noted on the agenda and announcement that is 
posted.  The applicant and public can attend the 
worksession; however, any and all communication 
with the board/commission/council is reserved for the 
public hearing. 
 
The purpose of public hearings is to help answer 
the following questions: 
 
 
Were the issues clearly defined 
and fully addressed? 
 
Did the evidence provide 
sufficient information to reach a 
decision? 
 
How does the proposal match the 
goals and objectives of the 
general or comprehensive plan?  
Did the testimony provide 
sufficient reason for deviating 
from the plan? 
 
 
Before the commission or board votes on the case 
the chair may allow anyone in the audience 
wishing to speak to the issue the opportunity to 
do so.  Sign in sheets outlining meeting protocol 
and the order of agenda items should be 
available to those wishing to speak.  The form 
should ask for the speaker’s name, address, and 
position on the particular issue they will be 
addressing (in support of, or opposed to, the 
item).  A time limit should be set for those 
wishing to speak (3 or 5 minutes maximum per 
person).  Speakers representing a group may be 
allowed more time than individuals.  The form 
may also allow for the submittal of written 
comments, so that people not comfortable public 
speaking still have opportunity to provide 
comments (instead the chair or commission 
secretary could read the comments into the 
record).  The meeting procedure should be 
outlined in the commission’s and board’s bylaws. 
 
Before speaking to the issue the speaker should 
state their full name and address for the record.  
Individuals holding the floor should be allowed to 
direct relevant questions through the chair to 
anyone they wish if the response will provide 
information that will be of assistance to the 
commission or board in reaching a decision.  If 
6 
7 
??

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
37
expert witnesses (planners, real estate appraisers, 
traffic engineers, etc.) testify, the commission or 
board should attempt to make certain the 
evidence presented is unbiased.  Although cross-
examination of witnesses is usually not 
appropriate, especially in the less formal format 
of planning commission hearings, it may be 
appropriate and advisable to question witnesses 
in the quasi-judicial setting of a board of 
adjustment hearing. 
 
Rebuttals should be allowed only if the speakers 
present new and relevant information for the 
commission’s or board’s benefit.  The chair 
should not allow anyone to filibuster, harangue 
the audience, engage in personal insults or 
exchanges, or read long documents like the 
names on a petition (instead, the petition may be 
entered into the record). 
 
 
4.4 COMMUNITY 
INVOLVEMENT TECHNIQUES 
The commission’s most significant tool for 
successful public interaction is communication 
with community members.  The commission 
should select one of its most articulate members, 
preferably the chair, as spokesperson, to 
represent and speak for the commission regarding 
its decisions.  The spokesperson should also be 
accessible to reporters and have the authority to 
prepare news releases with staff and commission.  
The city or county planning director and staff, 
who have public presentation skills, may also aid 
the community’s planning and public information 
goals by speaking to organizations, writing clear, 
lucid reports, and providing accurate information 
to the media. 
 
Commissioners should be sensitive to public 
opinion and concerns regarding development-
related issues.  Public hearings do not necessarily 
provide an accurate gauge of public sentiment.  
For broad efforts such as the development of an 
ordinance or the general or comprehensive plan, 
individual meetings with people representing 
special interests such as homeowners associations, 
parent-teacher organizations, the chamber of 
commerce, and civic groups can provide an 
excellent opportunity to exchange ideas, discover 
their wishes and concerns for the community’s 
future, and gain support and understanding of 
the commission’s goals and purpose.  Public 
participation in formulating goals and policy is 
one of the purest forms of democracy. 
 
Citizen Committees   Citizen planning 
committees may be appointed by the planning 
commission, the city or town council, or the 
board of supervisors to augment and assist with 
special projects such as the development of the 
general or comprehensive plan, specific plans, 
redevelopment plans, or the preparation of an 
ordinance.  These committees identify the issues, 
study information prepared by staff, make 
findings, and develop policy recommendations 
for submittal to the elected officials through the 
commission.  Citizen planning committees are 
different from council or board appointed 
standing committees that answer directly to the 
elected body. 
 
To avoid the duplication of efforts by special 
committees or boards, and to ensure coordination 
with the staff and commissioners, the following 
steps should be taken: 
 
Establish a close working relationship 
between the appointing body, the staff, 
and the citizen committee.  Make each 
group’s role and responsibilities completely 
clear from the outset.  Depending on the 
purpose of the committee, it might 
improve communication to have at least 
one board or council member appointed to 
serve on the committee as a liaison 
between the groups. 
 
The committee should present its findings 
and recommendations to the appointing 
body, which should review and comment 
1
2

CHAPTER 4 
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION & PUBLIC HEARINGS 
 
38
before passing it on to the elected body if 
necessary. 
 
The committee should serve for the project 
duration and, upon completion of its 
mission, members should be thanked, and 
the committee promptly disbanded. 
 
Other Techniques   There are numerous other 
methods for facilitating community education and 
involvement in the planning process. These 
include public meetings or open houses, 
community newsletters, or community surveys. 
Some communities will also conduct focus groups 
and interviews to interact either one-on-one or in 
small groups to discuss an issue intensively and 
openly. Visioning workshops are often an early 
step in the general or comprehensive plan 
process, and are a forum for brainstorming a 
vision for the future of the community. The goals 
and policies in the plan emanate from the broad, 
overall vision statement developed by community 
members in this setting.  
 
A more detailed discussion of community 
involvement techniques and tools is outside the 
scope of this Handbook.  The Community 
Planning Office can provide expertise and 
maintains a library that houses a growing body of 
literature on the subject.  Please call 602-771-
1191 if you are interested in more information. 
 
3

&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
5
ROLE OF PUBLIC
OFFICIALS

39
CHAPTER 5 
Planning Commission, Board of Adjustment, Council, Board of Supervisors,
Economic Development Commission, and Design Review Board
ROLE OF PUBLIC
OFFICIALS
39
 
 
 
 
 
City and town councils and county boards of supervisors exert great 
influence over the planning and zoning process.  They are the legislative 
body for the jurisdiction and, as such, make the final decisions on many 
planning and planning-related issues.  However, other public bodies, 
including the planning and zoning commissions, boards of adjustment, 
design review boards, economic development commissions, historic 
preservation boards, and many other appointed committees also have a 
tremendous impact on the quality of their respective towns, cities, or 
counties.  These entities are charged with interpreting information and 
making specific decisions or recommendations that can greatly affect the 
planning process. 
 
A successful board or commission will have dedicated members who work 
well together, as well as with local officials, other public bodies, and the 
general public.  While much of the information of this chapter is written 
with planning commission and board of adjustment members in mind, the 
advice on communication, effective teams, and proper codes of conduct 
are applicable to other public bodies as well.

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
40
40
5.1 ROLE OF PLANNING 
COMMISSION 
The job of the planning and zoning commissioner 
is comprehensive.  Commissioners participate in 
the planning process for the immediate needs 
and future growth of the community.  The duties 
range from being an advisor on long range 
planning projects to evaluating the impacts of a 
site plan for development to begin in less than a 
year.  Some of the qualities that an effective 
commissioner should possess include: 
 
3 Civic-mindedness 
3 An interest in bettering one’s community 
3 An interest in planning and development 
3 And open mind and objectivity 
3 A team player 
3 The ability to express oneself clearly and 
concisely in public 
3 Enough “free” time to prepare for 
meetings 
3 Have few potential conflicts of interest 
 
As a commission, key skills for the group to 
possess include the ability to: 
 
 Identify the fundamental issues and any 
underlying motives: 
It’s vital to know beforehand what it is you 
have to decide.  Your planning staff should 
give you guidance on what the main issues 
are on any matter and the options before 
you in making a decision. 
 
 Condense and analyze written and oral 
information, and recommend actions or 
policies based on findings of fact: 
Recommendations should rely on adopted 
plans and policies that represent community 
values, rather than personal opinions. 
 Examine issues with regard to their long-
term impact on the community: 
Despite an apparent short-term need, a 
good analysis should balance such requests 
against longer-term desires, needs, and 
impacts. 
 
 
5.1.1 Legal Authority 
 
Municipal Commissions   A.R.S. § 9-461.02 
provides the authority for a municipality to create 
a planning and zoning commission that must 
have at least five members. A local ordinance 
determines the organization, number of 
members, terms, and method of approval or 
removal for its commission.  
 
County Commissions   The authority for 
counties to create a planning and zoning 
commission is provided in A.R.S. § 11-803. The 
number of supervisorial districts in the county 
determines the required number of commission 
members. The State Statutes require that terms 
shall be for four years, except for new 
commissions, on which terms may be staggered 
to allow for more continuity as the group is 
established.  
 
 
5.1.2 Responsibilities 
 
Within the broad charge of assisting local elected 
officials in the decision-making process, the exact 
functions of the commission will vary from one 
community or county to another.  The planning 
commission’s role depends in part on the 
planning staff, budget, the experience and 
activities of elected officials; the community’s 
planning policy; and the level of activity with 
which the commission is comfortable.  The 
commission may: 
 
 Assist in the preparation of the general 
plan. 
In small communities with little or no staff, the 
commission may be responsible for

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
41
41
developing the plan.  In all cases, however, 
commissions will advise and involve elected 
officials and the public in the development of 
community planning goals, policies, and 
programs.  
 
 Assist in the preparation of development 
tools such as the zoning code, subdivision 
ordinance, sign code, landscape ordinance, 
design guidelines, and other regulations the 
community may have to govern such as 
density, aesthetics, and the treatment of 
environmentally sensitive areas. 
 
 Review development proposals, 
recommend changes to ordinances, and 
recommend changes to planning policies 
Development proposals may involve an 
amendment to the general plan, rezoning, 
or the approval of a subdivision plan. 
Decisions on these proposals require that 
commissioners have a working knowledge of 
the local development requirements and 
ordinances.  Once a jurisdiction has 
established standards for local development, 
they should not be changed without 
substantial cause. 
 
All development applicants should be 
treated equally.  Exceptions set a precedent 
for others and open the commission to 
possible charges of favoritism.  Official 
policy should be adhered to and regulations 
uniformly enforced. 
 
 Hold public hearings and meetings 
The commission should, as part of its rules 
and procedures, adopt a set format and 
procedure for conducting its meetings.  
Chapter 4 discusses meeting procedures in 
more detail. 
 
 Assist in the preparation of a capital 
improvements program (CIP) for the 
community - A CIP establishes priorities for 
new public facilities such as streets, parks, 
water, sewer, and other services to be 
provided by the jurisdiction.  The CIP 
enables the city or county to plan and 
budget for future needs. 
 
 Make recommendations on possible 
community boundary changes through 
annexation or changes in the planning area. 
 
 Provide liaison with other governmental 
units such as adjoining municipalities, 
county or state agencies, other planning 
commissions, and school boards. 
 
 
5.1.3 Working with Other Public 
Officials and Private 
Organizations 
 
In order to make its job easier, the commission 
should have a good working relationship with the 
planning staff, the council, board of supervisors, 
the management staff, and the other departments 
and agencies or boards involved in planning. 
 
Commission/Staff Relationship   If the 
jurisdiction has a planning staff, the relationship 
between the commission and the staff should be 
clearly defined.  Most often the planning director 
is hired by the county or municipal manager 
(chief administrator) with the approval of the 
council or board.  The council or board also sets 
local policy and maintains budgetary control for 
the jurisdiction.  The manager or administrator is 
responsible for policy implementation, programs, 
and budget management.  The commission 
should not get involved in the administrative 
details of policy implementation or day-to-day 
management.  This is the function of the staff.  If 
desired, commissions could request update 
briefings on town business as an agenda item at 
regular meetings. 
 
The planning staff is usually responsible for 
processing zoning and subdivision applications, 
negotiating with applicants, overseeing 
community development projects, advertising

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
42
42
public hearings, conducting research studies, 
preparing staff reports, making meeting 
arrangements, taking commission minutes, 
keeping records, and handling all other general 
administrative duties.  The planning staff is there 
to assist by answering commissioners’ questions 
or researching needed additional information. 
Staff usually has extensive knowledge of planning 
and zoning issues and diverse professional 
experience. Open communication regarding roles 
and expectations will ensure that each 
commission and staff find the right balance for 
working together efficiently.  
 
Commission/Community Relationship   An 
important function of the commission is to 
provide a forum for citizens to voice their 
opinions and concerns about matters that the 
commission is considering.  Citizen participation 
plays a vital role in projects like development of a 
downtown or general plan.  The appointment of 
a committee comprised of community leaders as 
part of a particular effort (such as a general plan 
update) often helps to disseminate information, 
provide community input and feedback, and gain 
support for the project.   
 
Commission/Elected Officials Relationship   It 
is important to remember that the commission is 
an advisory body only.  Its duty is to study, 
review proposals, prepare plans and advise the 
council or board on planning and development 
matters.  By making policy and project 
recommendations, the commission provides 
information and advice to the elected body, 
citizens, and agencies that play a role in the 
community’s development.  By soliciting the 
cooperation and input of the public and 
organizations interested in projects under review, 
the commission may gain credibility and support 
from the elected officials.  It also helps to provide 
the elected officials with more than a yes or no 
vote tally for the item in question.  The staff can 
provide the legislative body a summary of the 
discussions and decisions of the commission.  This 
summary will highlight the findings of fact for 
approval or denial by the commission. To be 
most effective, a commission should have 
periodic meetings with the governing body to set 
goals, establish or clarify policies, and discuss 
major development issues. 
 
Commission/Municipal or County Attorney 
Relationship   The basic rule on legal matters 
is: when in doubt about how to proceed legally, 
get an opinion from the city or county attorney.  
The jurisdiction’s attorney is there to protect and 
advise the commission.  When a controversial 
issue is being considered which may lead to 
litigation, counsel should be present and ready to 
offer advice.  The attorney and planning staff 
should be a resource to the commission on state 
planning and zoning legislation, new ordinances 
adopted in other jurisdictions, and court decisions 
that have a bearing on the operations and scope 
of the commission’s duties and responsibilities. 
 
Commission/Consultant Relationship   
Sometimes a municipality or a county may have a 
planning consultant to supplement the staff, 
provide additional technical skills, or to analyze 
issues and recommend how to deal with them.  If 
the community does not have a professional 
planning staff, the commission may work closely 
with the consultant. 
 
Before preparing a request for qualification (RFQ) 
or a request for proposals (RFP) to solicit 
responses from different consulting firms, the 
community must determine exactly what services 
they want provided, how much they want to 
spend, and what the final project or service 
should be.  The RFP should provide sufficient 
information about the project that the consultant 
can prepare a scope of work, schedule, and 
tentative budget.  The commission may solicit 
assistance in RFP or RFQ preparation from the 
Arizona Department of Commerce.  A database of 
professional consultants throughout the state is 
also available on the Arizona Department of 
Commerce website at www.azcommerce.com.  
For more information on hiring a consultant, 
please refer to Chapter 6.3.3.

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
43
43
5.1.4 Becoming an Effective 
Commission 
 
Many commissions are overwhelmed by the work 
facing them.  The following are recommendations 
to increase the group’s effectiveness: 
 
Role   Understand the limits of a 
commissioner’s role and do not get involved 
with the roles of others.  Staff works with 
the applicant and prepares a staff report for 
the commission.  A zoning administrator or 
hearing officer is responsible for the 
enforcement of the zoning ordinance.  The 
board of adjustment hears appeals from 
these administrative actions. 
 
Improve your Planning Knowledge   There 
are many courses, conferences, and special 
workshops offering basic training for 
commissions.  The Arizona Department of 
Commerce hosts an annual training conference 
for planning and zoning commissioners, board 
of adjustment members, elected officials and 
staff, and conducts local training workshops 
with individual boards and commissions; the 
Arizona Planning Association hosts an annual 
conference; and, there are many books, 
videos, and web sites available on planning 
and zoning issues. 
 
Look Beyond the Meetings   Attend 
meetings of other planning commissions to 
observe techniques for holding effective and 
productive meetings.  Invite staff from 
adjacent municipalities, counties, the regional 
planning agency, the League of Arizona Cities 
and Towns, the Arizona Bar Association, 
Arizona Attorney General’s Office, Arizona 
Department of Commerce, and other state and 
federal offices to update the commission on 
new programs, projects, legislation, regulatory 
devices, and recent court decisions affecting 
planning. 
 
Take Stock   Get out in the community for 
field trips before and after a project has been 
completed.  Evaluate the success of the project 
vis-à-vis the commission’s recommendations 
and expectations. 
 
Annual Retreat   Hold an annual meeting to 
reflect on the commission’s performance and 
take inventory of the community’s progress 
and development.  Revise goals, set objectives, 
and prepare a work program for the upcoming 
year.  An honest evaluation should elicit 
suggestions for changes and improvements. 
 
Worksessions   Informal worksessions prior 
to a hearing are a good way to review a 
comprehensive or controversial project.  
Worksessions also allow ample time for staff or 
the applicant to provide additional 
information to address questions or concerns 
raised by the commission. 
 
 
Ways to Build a Better 
Commission 
Develop and adopt bylaws and procedures, 
and stick to them. 
Develop reliable information, data and 
maps, and make them available to the 
public. 
Prepare and maintain a general plan; refer 
to it and make decisions consistent with plan 
policies and further its implementation. 
Annually re-examine the progress of the 
commission.  Make recommendations for 
improvements. 
Prepare an annual work plan with strategies. 
Participate in preparing the annual budget 
or capital improvement program.  Use the 
general plan to help identify priorities. 
1
2
3
4
5
6

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
44
44
Meet periodically with elected officials to 
exchange ideas and assess mutual objectives. 
Consider a public forum every year or so to 
ask residents how things are going and what 
they want done. 
Work with staff to fine-tune the format, 
content, and timing of staff reports. 
Attend seminars and read publications on 
planning techniques and land use law that is 
pertinent to the community. 
Visit other commissions’ meetings to learn 
what techniques are used to maintain a fair 
and friendly process. 
Appoint a commission representative to 
attend regular legislative meetings as a 
liaison. 
Lobby for good planning. 
Take time to orient new commissioners to 
the job. 
 
 
5.2 ROLE OF BOARD OF 
ADJUSTMENT 
Since it is impossible to draft a zoning ordinance 
that will cover every conceivable combination of 
circumstances, boards of adjustment were created 
to provide a means to deal with unanticipated 
hardships as they arise.  A board of adjustment is 
a quasi-judicial, not a policy-making body.  The 
board must interpret the meaning and spirit of 
the zoning ordinance as enacted by the governing 
body.  It does not have the authority to make 
law or change zoning law.  Only the city council 
or board of supervisors has this power and cannot 
delegate it to the board of adjustment or to any 
other body or official.  When the board feels that 
changes should be made in the zoning ordinance 
or policies, it should recommend these changes to 
the planning commission or to the elected body. 
 
 
5.2.1 Legal Authority 
 
Municipal Boards of Adjustment   A.R.S. § 
9-462.06 requires each city or town to 
establish a board of adjustment and grants it 
the authority to: 
 
 Hear and decide appeals in which it is alleged 
there is an error in an order, requirement, or 
decision made by the zoning administrator in 
the enforcement of an adopted zoning 
ordinance. 
 
 Hear and decide appeals for variances from 
the terms of the zoning ordinance. Variances 
may only be granted if, because of special 
circumstances applicable to the property such 
as its size, shape, topography, location, or 
surroundings, the strict application of the 
zoning ordinance will deprive such property of 
privileges enjoyed by other property of the 
same classification in the same zoning district.  
Any variance granted is subject to conditions 
to ensure that the adjustment authorized shall 
not constitute a grant of special privileges 
inconsistent with the limitations upon other 
properties in the vicinity and zone in which 
such property is located. 
 
 Reverse or affirm, wholly or partly, or modify 
the order, requirement, or decision of the 
zoning administrator appealed from, and 
make such order, requirement, decision or 
determination as necessary. 
 
The statute also says that a board of adjustment 
may not: 
 
 Make any changes in the uses permitted in any 
zoning classification or zoning district, or make 
any changes in the terms of the zoning 
ordinance provided that this restriction shall 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
9
8
7

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
44
44
Meet periodically with elected officials to 
exchange ideas and assess mutual objectives. 
Consider a public forum every year or so to 
ask residents how things are going and what 
they want done. 
Work with staff to fine-tune the format, 
content, and timing of staff reports. 
Attend seminars and read publications on 
planning techniques and land use law that is 
pertinent to the community. 
Visit other commissions’ meetings to learn 
what techniques are used to maintain a fair 
and friendly process. 
Appoint a commission representative to 
attend regular legislative meetings as a 
liaison. 
Lobby for good planning. 
Take time to orient new commissioners to 
the job. 
 
 
5.2 ROLE OF BOARD OF 
ADJUSTMENT 
Since it is impossible to draft a zoning ordinance 
that will cover every conceivable combination of 
circumstances, boards of adjustment were created 
to provide a means to deal with unanticipated 
hardships as they arise.  A board of adjustment is 
a quasi-judicial, not a policy-making body.  The 
board must interpret the meaning and spirit of 
the zoning ordinance as enacted by the governing 
body.  It does not have the authority to make 
law or change zoning law.  Only the city council 
or board of supervisors has this power and cannot 
delegate it to the board of adjustment or to any 
other body or official.  When the board feels that 
changes should be made in the zoning ordinance 
or policies, it should recommend these changes to 
the planning commission or to the elected body. 
 
 
5.2.1 Legal Authority 
 
Municipal Boards of Adjustment   A.R.S. § 
9-462.06 requires each city or town to 
establish a board of adjustment and grants it 
the authority to: 
 
 Hear and decide appeals in which it is alleged 
there is an error in an order, requirement, or 
decision made by the zoning administrator in 
the enforcement of an adopted zoning 
ordinance. 
 
 Hear and decide appeals for variances from 
the terms of the zoning ordinance. Variances 
may only be granted if, because of special 
circumstances applicable to the property such 
as its size, shape, topography, location, or 
surroundings, the strict application of the 
zoning ordinance will deprive such property of 
privileges enjoyed by other property of the 
same classification in the same zoning district.  
Any variance granted is subject to conditions 
to ensure that the adjustment authorized shall 
not constitute a grant of special privileges 
inconsistent with the limitations upon other 
properties in the vicinity and zone in which 
such property is located. 
 
 Reverse or affirm, wholly or partly, or modify 
the order, requirement, or decision of the 
zoning administrator appealed from, and 
make such order, requirement, decision or 
determination as necessary. 
 
The statute also says that a board of adjustment 
may not: 
 
 Make any changes in the uses permitted in any 
zoning classification or zoning district, or make 
any changes in the terms of the zoning 
ordinance provided that this restriction shall 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
9
8
7

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
45
45
not affect the authority to grant variances 
pursuant to this article. 
 
 Grant a variance if the special circumstance 
applicable to the property is self-imposed by 
the property owner. 
 
A municipality may wish to require staggered 
terms to ensure continuity of experience.  The 
ordinance may establish the city or town council 
as the board of adjustment, but this can create 
difficulties in process since the board’s quasi-
judicial role is different from the council’s 
legislative role.  State Statutes also grant authority 
to create a hearing officer to hear and decide 
adjustment applications, but there must be a right 
of appeal from the decision of the hearing officer 
to the board of adjustment. 
 
County Boards of Adjustment   Each county 
may have a single board of adjustment or one 
board for each supervisorial district in the county.  
For consistency in interpretation and policies, it is 
preferable that there be only one board. 
 
County boards of adjustment are granted powers 
in A.R.S. § 11-807 to: 
 
 Interpret the zoning ordinance when the 
meaning of any word, phrase or section is in 
doubt, when there is dispute between the 
appellant and enforcing officers, or when the 
location of a district boundary is in doubt. 
 
 Allow a variance from the terms of the 
ordinance when, owing to peculiar conditions, 
a strict interpretation would cause an 
unnecessary hardship, if in granting such 
variance the general intent and purpose of the 
zoning ordinance will be preserved. 
 
Although criteria for variances are vague in the 
statutes, case law indicates that the criteria for 
counties to grant variances are substantially the 
same as in municipalities. 
 
 
5.2.2 Responsibilities 
 
A board of adjustment has only those powers that 
are delegated to it by state law, but these powers 
may be detailed in individual zoning ordinances. 
The board’s responsibilities typically include the 
following: 
 
 Review Actions of the Administrative 
Officer   Even with the most careful drafting 
of a zoning ordinance, unforeseen 
complications can arise.  Zoning ordinances 
are often long and complex, and even with an 
experienced and well-trained enforcement 
officer or zoning administrator, disagreement 
regarding interpretations could occur.  To 
reduce error and ensure consistency, the 
zoning official (staff person responsible for 
enforcement of the zoning code) should be 
more familiar with the zoning ordinance than 
anyone else.  He or she should base 
interpretations on the community’s planning 
and development policies, the general or 
comprehensive plan, and current applicable 
case law. 
 
If the applicant thinks the administrative 
official is wrong, he or she can file an appeal 
to the board of adjustment that has the power 
to hear and decide appeals. When reviewing 
the actions of an administrative official and 
interpreting the ordinance, the board should 
1) determine the facts of the case, and 2) 
apply what it conceives to be the meaning of 
the ordinance to these facts. 
 
Reverse, Affirm, or Modify a Decision   The 
board has authority to reverse, affirm, or modify 
the decision of the zoning administrator. 
 
Grant Variances   Variances are described in 
detail in the next chapter subsection.

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
46
46
5.2.2.1 Variances 
 
Zoning law should apply uniformly to everyone.  
However, the application of general regulations 
to all building and land use situations may not fit 
because of unique or other special circumstances.  
By granting variances, or exceptions from the 
terms of the ordinance, the board of adjustment 
can provide flexibility so that a property owner 
will not be unfairly deprived of the use of their 
property.  In this way, the provision of a variance 
insulates the zoning ordinance from constitutional 
attack by relieving a particular landowner from 
unique hardship because his or her parcel is 
different from others in size, shape, topography, 
or location. 
 
A variance is appropriate only to bring the 
applicant to parity with other owners in the zone 
and not to give applicants an advantage over 
their neighbors.  For example, a lot may be so 
shallow relative to other lots in the 
neighborhood, such that there is insufficient 
space to build a house and provide the required 
front and rear yard setbacks.  In this case, the 
board of adjustment may grant a variance 
allowing the property owner to develop the lot 
with a rear yard having a lesser depth than that 
required by the zoning ordinance. 
 
In evaluating whether a variance is warranted, 
board members should consider 
 
 
 
A variance may be warranted if the property 
in question is associated with special 
circumstances that are inherent to the lot – 
such as its size, shape, topography, location, 
or surroundings – that deprive the property 
of privileges enjoyed by other property of 
the same classification in the same zoning 
district. 
A variance may be granted if its 
authorization is necessary to ensure the 
preservation of privileges and rights enjoyed 
by other property of the same classification 
in the same zoning district, without 
constituting a grant of special privileges 
inconsistent with the limitations upon other 
properties in the vicinity and zone in which 
the subject property is located. 
The special circumstances applicable to the 
property may not be self-imposed or created 
by the owner or applicant in order to 
receive a variance.  
The granting of a variance should not be 
materially detrimental to persons residing or 
working in the vicinity, to adjacent property, 
to the neighborhood, or to the public 
welfare in general.  
 
Limitations on Granting Variances   The 
variance is often viewed as a device permitting 
the flexible exercise of discretion to approve 
projects felt to be desirable even if they don’t 
meet the strict letter of the zoning law.  The 
benefits, attractiveness, or social desirability of a 
project are irrelevant, however, to the variance 
issue.  The special circumstances and hardships 
justifying a variance must apply to the property, 
not to the applicant.  The needs of the applicants 
or the economic hardship to them do not legally 
justify a variance. Sometimes, board members 
have to make difficult decisions when a personal 
hardship comprises the applicant’s argument for a 
variance, and the criteria for the variance don’t 
fit. However, it is the quasi-judicial responsibility 
of the board to ensure that the law is applied to 
all owners in a zoning classification equally, and 
that special conditions are not granted to one 
owner based on personal – rather than property – 
considerations.  
 
Variances should be granted sparingly. If a board 
finds itself granting variances frequently or 
hearing many similar cases, it may be an 
indication that the zoning ordinance needs to be 
1
2
3
4

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
47
47
reviewed or the board should reevaluate its 
policies.  
 
Hypothetical Case 
Examples or case studies are often helpful in 
illustrating the intent of the law.  Here is a 
hypothetical case regarding an application for 
variance: 
 
Joan Benefactor, who consistently 
makes large charitable contributions 
to your town, wants to build her 
dream home on a lot she recently 
purchased in the most exclusive 
residential neighborhood in your 
community.  This neighborhood was 
almost entirely built-out in the 1940’s 
and 50’s except for a few remaining 
vacant lots.  A new zoning ordinance 
was adopted for your town in the 
early 1970’s that changed the setback 
requirements and height limit 
applicable to Joan Benefactor’s 
neighborhood.  Approximately 60% 
of the existing older homes do not 
conform to the new setback and 
height restrictions. 
 
Joan Benefactor wants a variance so 
that she can build in conformance 
with the old setback requirements as 
60% of her neighbors did.  Joan 
Benefactor also wants a height 
variance so that she can have 
additional sleeping quarters for the 
many orphans she cares for.  The 
following issues arise at the board of 
adjustment hearing: 
 
Assuming Joan’s lot and her 
neighbor’s lots are similar, can 
the setback variance be granted? 
 
Will the fact that Joan is 
performing a tremendous public 
service justify the height variance? 
The answer to both of those questions is no.  As 
required by statute and case law the unique 
circumstances required for a variance must apply 
to the lot itself. If Joan Benefactor’s lot is similar 
to her neighbor’s lots and hers qualifies for 
variance, then so would her neighbor’s.  If 
everyone were entitled to build in a fashion 
similar to what their neighbors had built under 
previous zoning, rezonings would be completely 
ineffective. 
 
The purpose of such rezonings is to gradually 
bring neighborhoods into compliance with new 
criteria.  In this case, Joan Benefactor’s house and 
all other building on the remaining vacant lots 
must comply with current criteria to gradually be 
brought into compliance as they redevelop. 
 
As to the public service that Joan is doing, there is 
no unique circumstance applicable to the lot that 
justifies the height variance.  Case law specifically 
rejects the “social benefit” argument as support 
for the grant of a variance.  A variance is 
designed to bring substantial parity to an 
applicant, not to grant special privileges to 
applicants, even if they make significant 
contributions to the community. 
 
 
5.2.3 
Findings and Decision-Making 
 
Findings are a statement by the board of the 
evidence and reasoning it used to arrive at a 
decision.  Given the board’s quasi-judicial status, 
it is particularly important to consider the basis 
and documentation of findings. One of the most 
common reasons the courts overrule board 
decisions is that the board has failed to prepare 
findings. 
 
Findings are necessary to: 
 
3 Facilitate judicial review 
3 Ensure careful deliberation and accurate 
decisions 
3 Assist the parties in preparing for review 
 
?

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
48
48
No particular form is required for findings.  They 
can be discussed at length or adopted upon the 
motion of a member of the board.  They can be 
drafted by a member, by staff, or by one of the 
parties.  Findings should contain the following: 
 
 Identity of the parties, property, and 
relief requested.  This will ensure that 
everyone has reached a decision on the 
same subject. 
 List the witnesses, documents, and 
exhibits relied upon.  Use only evidence 
that was introduced at the hearing.  
Personal knowledge may be used if others 
commonly share that knowledge in the 
community. Knowledge that is not widely 
shared may be used if it is announced at the 
public meeting and the parties are given an 
opportunity to rebut it (see also the 
discussion on ex parte contacts in Section 
5.3.5. 
 Identify the standards established by 
ordinance for the action requested by 
the applicant. 
 Explain, fact by fact, why the evidence 
does or does not establish that the 
standard has been met.  Try not to leave 
out any facts.  Even if the court disagrees 
with the judgment, it is likely to uphold the 
decision if it feels that the evidence was 
thoroughly examined and evaluated based 
on established criteria such as an existing 
ordinance.  
 If the relief is granted, describe it clearly 
with any attached conditions.  This is 
valuable for the parties and staff.  If the 
proceedings are recorded (such as with 
minutes), the findings don’t have to be 
written down; that can be done later.  
Written findings can be prepared after a 
decision is made and adopted at the next 
meeting. 
Findings are important in helping the public 
understand why the board reached the decision it 
did.  Even if members of the public disagree with 
a board decision, they may not become as upset 
or angry if they understand the reasoning that led 
to a decision. 
 
 
5.2.4 
Appeal Procedures 
 
Appeals to the board of adjustment may be 
requested by any person aggrieved or by any 
officer, board, or department of the municipality 
or county affected by a decision of the zoning 
administrator. An individual who wants to appeal 
to the board of adjustment must file a notice of 
appeal with the zoning administrator and with 
the board specifying the grounds of the appeal, 
within a reasonable time of the initial decision. 
The process through which the board of 
adjustment reviews and decides appeals includes 
the following steps: 
 
 Action of Administrative Officer.   
Although interpretations, and appeals for 
variances may be made directly to the board 
of adjustment, most appeals are made to 
the board after the administrative official 
has taken some official action as provided 
for in the zoning ordinance.  An appeal may 
result from the official’s refusal to grant a 
permit, or upon a citation of a zoning 
violation.  
 Transfer of Materials to Board. After the 
notice of appeal is received, the 
administrative officer transmits the complete 
record of the action that is being appealed 
to the board of adjustment. 
 Stay of Proceedings. An appeal stays all 
proceedings in the matter appealed unless 
the zoning administrator certifies to the 
board that, in his or her opinion by the facts 
stated in the certificate, a stay would cause 
imminent peril to life or property.  
Proceedings shall then be stayed, unless a

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
49
49
restraining order is granted by the board or 
by a court of record on application and 
notice to the zoning administrator. 
 Public Hearing. The board of adjustment 
must hold a public hearing on all appeals, 
within a reasonable time.  Many Arizona 
communities specify that the hearing must 
be held within 30 days after the appeal is 
filed. Notice of the hearing must be 
provided by both publication in a 
newspaper of general circulation in 
accordance with A.R.S. § 9-462.04 and 
posted in conspicuous places close to the 
property affected (see discussion of Open 
Meeting Law in Chapter 4). The statutes 
should be consulted to ensure that the 
community’s public notice procedures 
comply with statutory requirements. 
 Decision. The board may decide to grant, 
modify, or deny any appeal.  The board 
may also defer action on any appeal when it 
decides that additional evidence is needed 
or that alternative solutions need further 
study. 
Appeal to the Courts   Although the board of 
adjustment is a quasi-judicial body specifically 
established to handle appeals in connection with 
the zoning ordinance, it is not a court of last 
resort.  Within 30 days after the board has made 
a decision and has filed this decision, a person 
aggrieved by the decision or a municipal officer 
may file a complaint for special action in the 
Superior Court for review of the board’s decision.  
(Note: cities with populations over 100,000 first 
send appeals to the city council and then, if 
appealed again, to the Superior Court)  Filing the 
complaint does not stay proceedings on the 
decision appealed.  The Court may, however, 
grant a stay upon application and on final hearing 
may affirm or reverse, in whole or in part, or 
modify the decision reviewed. 
 
In appeals to Superior Court from municipal 
boards of adjustment, the Court reviews the 
record of proceedings before the board to 
determine if there was a manifest error.  In other 
words, the decision-making process is reviewed 
for errors rather than the merits of the decision 
itself. An appeal from a county board of 
adjustment is a trial de novo in Superior Court. 
“De novo” means “anew” or “once more”, and 
means that the judge will hear the case 
arguments again and decide the matter 
independently of the board’s decision.  
 
Appeal to the Legislative Body   In 1988, the 
Arizona Legislature amended A.R.S. § 9-462-06 
providing for appeals from a decision by the 
municipal board of adjustment to the city council.  
The legislation only affects municipalities with 
populations over 100,000 and states that: 
 
 
…a person aggrieved by a decision 
of the board or a taxpayer, officer 
or department of the municipality 
affected by a decision of the board 
may file, at any time within fifteen 
days after the board has rendered 
its decision, an appeal with the clerk 
of the legislative body.  The 
legislative body shall hear the 
appeal in accordance with 
procedures adopted by the 
legislative body and may affirm or 
reverse, in whole or in part, or 
modify the board’s decision.  
 
 
 
It should be emphasized that this text does not 
represent a substitution for the counsel, 
guidance or opinion of the city or county 
attorney, who should be consulted for an 
interpretation of the law as applied to any 
given set of facts. 
CAUTION

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
50
50
5.3 RULES AND PROCEDURES 
The process and protocols used by commissions 
and boards may be based on statutory 
requirements, local ordinances, or good practice. 
This section addresses several key areas of rules 
and procedures and applies to both commissions 
and boards of adjustment. Overall, it is suggested 
that boards and commissions develop and adopt 
a set of bylaws to guide the conduct of the group, 
so long as it does not create conflict with existing 
statutes or ordinances.  
 
 
5.3.1 
Meetings and Records 
 
Arizona’s Open Meeting Law sets the parameters 
for noticing, conducting, and recording public 
meetings. Please refer to Chapter 4 for more 
detailed information. Boards and commissions 
are required to keep minutes of the proceedings 
that record the vote of each member, records of 
its examinations, and other official actions.  These 
minutes and records are public and must be 
available on a timely basis.  Accuracy and 
sufficient detail are important since these records 
will constitute the major evidence in any 
litigation, a particular consideration for board of 
adjustment decisions that may be appealed to 
Superior Court. 
 
 
5.3.2 
Due Process 
 
When reviewing planning and zoning cases, the 
courts focus on “due process”, or the protection 
of an individual’s rights and property.  In legal 
disputes, procedural due process is often an area 
of controversy.  Legal requirements for due 
process include: 
 
 Adequate Notice: Published notice of all 
meetings that meet the requirements of the 
Arizona Statutes, including frequency and 
location of notice.  Staff is responsible for 
this activity. 
 Advance Disclosure/Full Disclosure: 
Convenient public access to all pertinent 
information such as exhibits, studies, and 
staff reports, well in advance of the meeting 
date. 
 Opportunity to be Heard: Opportunity for 
favorable or opposing public comment 
before the commission, board, or council 
makes a decision. 
 Findings of Fact: Staff reports, exhibits, and 
proceedings from public meetings should be 
documented in official minutes.  Decisions 
and actions should be based on relevant, 
factual information and refer to policies, 
ordinances, and plans as appropriate.  The 
action a commission or board takes should 
be based on specific reasons relating to the 
zoning ordinance or general plan and 
should be detailed in the record.  (This is 
not a legal requirement in Arizona, although 
it is required in other states.) 
 Avoid the Appearance of Impropriety:  
According to the State’s Conflict of Interest 
Law A.R.S. § 38-501(A): 
any public official or employee who 
has, or whose relative has, a substantial 
interest in any decision or a public 
agency must make this interest known 
on public records, and must refrain 
from discussing or influencing the 
decision in any way. 
 
It is illegal to fail to declare a substantial conflict 
of interest, or to participate in any way in 
decision-making if there is a conflict.  See Section 
5.3.4 for additional discussion on conflicts of 
interest.

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
51
51
5.3.3 Code of Conduct 
 
In addition to rules and procedures for operation, 
a code of conduct may be agreed upon and 
incorporated as part of the official bylaws.  
Guidelines for appropriate conduct might include 
the following: 
 
. . . .Avoid public charges of conflict of interest 
by dealing with them upfront.  Seek 
advice from the jurisdiction’s attorney 
when there is uncertainty. 
. . . .Gifts of cash, liquor, company products, 
or anything of value should be declined or 
returned to the sender.  Public officials 
should not accept trips or entertainment 
paid for by applicants. 
. . . .Don’t string people along.  Make 
decisions promptly.  If a proposal needs 
modification before approval, the 
commission has an obligation to be 
specific about what it wants, to avoid 
unnecessary delays and expenses to the 
applicant.  If the basis for making a 
decision on a case is lacking because, for 
example, the applicant is unprepared, the 
project is premature, the proposal requires 
passage of an ordinance first, or there are 
conflicts with the general or 
comprehensive plan, deny the application 
rather than stringing the applicant along. 
 
When should a commissioner or board member 
resign?  Individual motives differ for serving in an 
unpaid job involving long hours, hard work, and 
lots of pressure.  Effective public officials are 
honest, objective, and conscientious.  They are 
not swayed, manipulated, or pressured into 
backing down from their convictions.  A 
commissioner or board member should resign 
when he or she feels ineffective or ceases to work 
for the best, long-term interests of the 
community.  Some communities also set limits on 
how many terms can be served. 
5.3.4 Conflicts of Interest 
 
There are specific legal definitions of conflict of 
interest, which typically relate to a public official 
having a direct or indirect financial interest in the 
outcome of a decision that he or she influences. 
The best advice for a commissioner or board 
member who is considering whether a conflict 
exists is to discuss the matter with the 
jurisdiction’s attorney. If it is determined that a 
conflict of interest does exist for a particular case, 
the commissioner or board member must disclose 
the conflict and should not participate in the 
discussion or vote for the case. It is recommended 
that the individual with a conflict actually leave 
the room, so that there is no question that he or 
she is not influencing the discussion through body 
language or his or her presence generally. To 
ensure that due process occurs – that individuals 
receive the fair hearing from impartial public 
officials that they are entitled to – conflicts of 
interest must be handled in an appropriate 
manner.  
 
If the attorney advises that a legal conflict does 
not exist in a particular case, it may be that the 
commissioner or board member still feels 
uncomfortable. Certainly, the public may 
perceive a conflict exists even if, legally, it does 
not. In these situations, it is suggested that the 
commissioner or board member disclose his or 
her concern to the group before discussion of the 
item. Public officials may still opt to recuse 
themselves from the discussion of an item based 
on the perception of a conflict or personal 
ambiguity over the correct course of action. 
Another option is to ask the group to make the 
determination as to whether the individual should 
be excused from the discussion of the item.  
 
Some boards and commissions have established a 
process for dealing with potential conflicts of 
interest in their bylaws. This makes it easier for an 
individual to know what to do if there is a 
potential conflict. To do this, the group may want 
to have a worksession with staff and the 
jurisdiction’s attorney to discuss the legal aspects

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
52
52
of conflict of interest and the best process to 
establish. It may be easier to discuss these issues 
in the abstract and in advance of a specific 
incident. 
 
 
5.3.5 Ex Parte Contacts 
 
Ex parte contacts are defined as those made 
“from or on one side only” and are made without 
notice to, or knowledge of, others involved in the 
matter under discussion.  An example of an ex 
parte contact for a commissioner is a 
communication from an applicant to a public 
official one-on-one without a public forum.  This 
could include telephone calls, informal meetings, 
lunches, or even a casual encounter on a street 
corner.  Such contacts may be a source of 
pertinent information not otherwise available, but 
the key concerns are 1) that these 
communications might influence one individual’s 
decision-making before deliberations begin, and 
2) that the entire group would not be making 
their decision based on the same information.  
Since a board of adjustment is a quasi-judicial 
body, members should be especially careful of ex 
parte contacts, to avoid being influenced outside 
the public forum and without the benefit of 
hearing all sides of an issue.   
 
The law on the subject indicates that boards and 
commissions are not prohibited from ex parte 
contacts but such communication must be 
disclosed for the record at the hearing to enable 
interested parties to hear and rebut the substance 
of the communications.  If not made part of the 
records, an ex parte contact may provide the 
grounds for voiding a board of adjustment 
decision.  The following guidelines should be 
considered in dealing with ex parte contacts: 
 
. . . .If someone contacts a board member or 
commissioner to discuss a matter currently 
or soon to come before the board, refrain 
from stating your position and invite the 
person to present testimony before the 
entire group. 
. . . .Written information on a pending action 
should be sent to staff for review and 
possible inclusion in the board packets. If 
approached by someone who wants to 
discuss a case, suggest the person write a 
letter stating his or her position or send 
additional materials to staff so that it can 
be distributed to the entire group.  
. . . .If someone persists in offering 
information but is unwilling to testify 
before the group, tell the person the 
information will be put on the record.  If 
the person is unwilling to have the 
information placed on the record, then 
refuse to have further contact with him or 
her on the subject. 
 
Don’t take private field trips or tours with 
applicants or their representatives.  It is best to 
announce the time and place for such field trips 
at a public meeting where it can be recorded in 
the minutes and interested parties may attend.  It 
is best if the entire board can make field trips, but 
at least three members should go as a 
subcommittee appointed by the chair. 
(Remember that noticing or other Open Meeting 
Law requirements will apply if a quorum of the 
group will be attending the site visit.)  It is usually 
a good idea to take a field trip or visit a site; in 
fact, these types of site visits can be extremely 
help in evaluating a proposal.   
 
How to handle ex parte contacts is another topic 
that a board or commission may opt to address in 
bylaws. Some communities prohibit ex parte 
contacts, and others lay out a suggested process 
for responding to them. However the group 
decides to approach the issue, written procedures 
will help new members become oriented and will 
clarify the situation for all members in the event 
of a problem. Again, it is suggested that any 
policy on ex parte contacts be drafted with the 
assistance and input of staff and the jurisdiction’s 
attorney.

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
53
53
5.4 ROLE OF THE COUNCIL OR 
BOARD OF SUPERVISORS 
ON PLANNING AND ZONING 
ISSUES 
The elected body in the jurisdiction has the 
authority to make the final decisions on planning 
and zoning issues. The council or board of 
supervisors is responsible for adopting the 
general/comprehensive plan and ordinances, as 
well as approving plan amendments and 
development proposals. This body is also 
responsible for adopting the jurisdiction’s capital 
improvements plan and budget, which are often 
key to how and whether planning efforts will be 
implemented. Councils and boards also appoint 
other public officials and oversee the activities of 
the boards and commissions to ensure that the 
public’s interest is being served. 
 
The planning commission is advisory to the 
council or board. The commission may also make 
recommendations on planning and land use 
policy or changes to existing ordinances. It is 
recommended that commissions meet with the 
elected body on an occasional basis, to promote 
philosophical consensus between the two groups 
and to keep the elected officials up-to-date on 
recent planning issues, with which commissioners 
are often more intimately familiar. 
 
Boards of adjustment are different from 
commissions in that their function is more quasi-
judicial than legislative or advisory. However, 
boards would also benefit from sessions with the 
elected officials and/or the commission to discuss 
the community’s process and progress on 
planning issues. In addition, the board may 
submit recommendations to the commission to 
reevaluate ordinances or plans in response to 
recurring cases or other concerns raised in board 
hearings.  
 
The city, town, or county manager is hired by the 
elected officials to manage the administrative 
functions of the jurisdiction. The manager works 
with all the department heads (including planning 
or community development) and serves as the 
key liaison to the council or board. The manager 
often advises the elected and appointed officials 
and prepares the budget, and is generally 
charged with implementing the policies adopted 
by the council or board. 
 
 
5.5 OTHER COMMISSIONS AND 
BOARDS 
Jurisdictions may opt to convene other 
commission and boards to focus on key issues in 
a community. The elected body would be 
responsible for appointing members and 
determining the scope and mission of the new 
group. Members of planning commissions and 
boards of adjustment should have a clear 
understanding of the role of other groups whose 
actions may overlap with their normal functions 
(and vice versa), to allow for better 
communication and efficiency in working 
together. Economic development and design 
review are two of the most common issues to 
warrant a focused group, and are discussed 
briefly below.  
 
 
5.5.1 Economic Development 
Commissions 
 
Economic development commissions may be 
formed to bring together the various interest 
groups to support economic development efforts 
in the community. Ties to planning issues may 
include available land for development, sufficient 
zoning for industrial or commercial uses, and the 
provision of infrastructure in a timely and cost-
efficient manner. Some communities opt to 
include an economic development element in 
their general plans to ensure that land use, 
infrastructure, and economic development goals 
are mutually supportive. The mission for an 
economic development commission may be

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
54
54
outlined differently in each community, but this 
group can provide valuable input to the 
general/comprehensive plan process or 
discussions of ordinance updates.  
 
 
5.5.2 Design Review Boards 
 
A design review board typically would be charged 
with providing direction and recommendations to 
ensure aesthetically pleasing or desirable projects. 
Adopted design guidelines are typically the key 
tool used by the board to determine 
“aesthetically pleasing or desirable”. These 
guidelines are developed in a participatory 
manner to facilitate the implementation of 
community plan goals and objectives (such as 
downtown or neighborhood revitalization, 
historic preservation, or landscaping 
improvements). The board provides a mechanism 
for ensuring that proposed projects comply with 
the established design standards and guidelines. 
Design review hearings occur in public forums 
that are subject to the Open Meeting Law, and 
would supplement the review of plans conducted 
by planning commissions.  
 
 
5.6 WORKING EFFECTIVELY AS A 
GROUP 
Commissioners and board members, especially 
new ones, need to know how to be effective 
group members.  To work effectively, the group 
must be well organized and interact 
cooperatively. Organization and high morale 
contribute to group productivity, a sense of well-
being, and the capacity to make well-informed, 
comprehensive decisions. 
 
Three standards to measure a good work group 
are: 
 
 Effectiveness:  Does the commission 
function as a deliberative study committee 
providing informed advice to the elected 
body? Does the board/commission debate 
excessively without properly evaluating the 
issues placed before it?  Is the group “fact 
finding” for the decision at hand? 
 Continuity:  Are recommendations based 
on established policy, ordinances, and the 
general plan, or does the group “fly by the 
seat of its pants” on each new agenda item?  
An effective board/commission has 
direction, and each of its decisions is linked 
to fundamental principles. 
 Capacity for improvement:  As conditions 
change and new demands are made on the 
group, it must be able to adapt and respond 
to change.  A particular challenge to 
commissions, for example, is the emergence 
of alternative lifestyles such as group homes, 
hospice centers, etc.  A commissioner may 
find these lifestyles strange, but must 
consider them with care and sensitivity, and 
not let personal feelings interfere with fair 
and objective decision-making. 
 
Long rambling meetings and the habitual 
continuance of agenda items diminish motivation 
and sense of purpose.  A dysfunctional 
commission or board might have these 
symptoms: 
 
 Loss of spirit: Due to a lack of direction, 
loss of support from elected officials, poor 
relations with staff, a hostile public, the 
group may become apathetic or 
disillusioned. 
 Poor attitudes: Absenteeism, 
disorganization, and lack of leadership 
contribute to the disintegration of the group. 
 Structural disorganization: Lack of 
cooperation within the group may be so 
disruptive that it becomes ineffective and 
often unable to reach agreement.

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
55
55
Leadership   The chair is responsible for 
providing leadership, being a liaison to the 
elected body, directing staff interaction, 
maintaining morale, and assuring the effective 
performance of the commission’s duties.  
Sometimes the elected officials select the chair, 
and sometimes the job is rotated within the 
group.  The commissioner selected as chair should 
have the following qualities: 
 
 Strength of Character: ensure that 
meetings are fair and friendly, and are run 
by the rules in the face of opposition, 
competing viewpoints, and intense 
emotions. 
 Fairness:  allow members of the public an 
opportunity to be heard, even if they 
represent unpopular views. 
 Ability to concentrate on the issue: 
review and summarize information, and 
identify the issue in order to keep the 
meeting on track. 
 Mediation skills: have the patience and 
commitment needed to seek fair and 
reasonable compromises and find common 
ground before calling for a possibly decisive 
vote. 
 
Decision-Making   Group decisions are often 
reached by polling the members under majority-
rules voting procedures.  The minority must be 
made to feel that they have been given fair 
treatment and that their views are respected.  
Some groups take the time to reach a consensus, 
feeling that compromise is important.  A more 
reasonable (in some cases where consensus is 
difficult) approach is to vote by roll call, and 
allow each person to state the basis for his or her 
decision, whether that means citing the motion or 
staff report, or stating reasons for a minority 
view.  
 
Common examples of poor decision-making 
include: 
 
 Scatterbrainstorming:  Every time someone 
offers an idea, someone else offers another 
before the first one is discussed.  The result 
is confusion.  This process reduces the 
initiative of participants and dilutes the 
effectiveness of the discussion. 
 Looking to authority: Commissions or 
boards that make decisions based only on 
staff recommendations, or in response to the 
wishes of the governing body, avoid 
responsibility and serve no real purpose. 
 Railroading:  Group members who force 
decisions without the consent of the 
majority, by making a motion and pushing it 
through before discussing the issues, 
sabotage the credibility of the group. 
 Short-term outlook: making decisions that 
benefit only the landowner or a few 
residents versus the community at large over 
the long-term. 
 
5.6.1 Orientation for New Members  
 
Relatively few of the people appointed to 
commissions or boards have a professional 
planning background, or the full range of 
technical skills necessary to review the 
development proposals and complex issues that 
come before them.  Yet very few communities 
have developed orientation or education 
programs for new public officials. Although 
planning experience is absolutely not required for 
commissioners or board members, an open mind, 
interest in planning issues, and a willingness to 
learn and listen to a variety of opinions are. Still, 
the development application process, planning 
terminology, and other key knowledge areas may 
be confusing to new members.  Staff or fellow 
members in a variety of ways could provide an 
orientation to community planning.

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
56
56
 
 
 
 Conducting annual worksessions for all 
members to review processes or to discuss 
local planning issues 
 Establishing orientation visits for new 
members with the planning staff to 
understand the purpose of the 
general/comprehensive plan and zoning 
code 
 Requesting attendance at several hearings 
before appointment to the group 
 Conducting a study session for new 
members with a planner to review the 
contents of a staff report and how to read a 
site plan 
 Compiling a packet of information and 
guidance for the new member to review, 
including bylaws, this handbook, interesting 
articles from the Planning Commissioners’ 
Journal (see www.plannersweb.com for 
subscription information), etc.  
 Establishing a citizen’s academy.  These have 
been used successfully in several Arizona 
communities in educating people on 
municipal organization, state laws, and 
planning issues – these programs are often a 
source of well-prepared new public officials 
 
Topics that should be covered in a new member 
orientation (or reviewed as a group) include 
discussion of staff recommendations and reports, 
how to request information from staff or ask 
questions, and the jurisdiction’s development 
policies.  It is important that the line of authority 
between staff, chief administrator or city/county 
manager, legislative body, and commission/board 
is clearly understood. The chair or vice-chair may 
brief new members on the rules and procedures.  
Matching new members with experienced 
members in a “buddy system” enables the new 
appointee to learn, feel a part of the group, and 
gain confidence in their new role more quickly. 
 
Some key questions that new (or veteran) 
members should consider include: 
 
How do the commissioners/board 
members work together? 
What role does the chair play? 
Is it a formal or informal atmosphere? 
Do the group members talk to each 
other, or mostly to staff? 
How do they arrive at decisions? 
How does the discussion lead to 
changes in the project or stipulations 
that are part of the motion? 
Do they question staff, applicants, or 
other people testifying? 
What happens when a hearing is 
closed? 
How are motions made? 
Finally, there are the “tools of the trade” for 
commissions and boards that should be 
distributed to each commissioner or member. 
Particularly with new members, staff should 
clarify the purpose and how to use each of the 
following “tools”: 
?

CHAPTER 5 
ROLE OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS 
 
57
57
 
 
 
 The general or comprehensive plan with all 
amendments, including a statement of 
community goals and issues relating to 
planning and development 
 Copies of planning reports and related 
studies 
 A legible, easy-to-use base map 
 Copies of regulatory ordinances (zoning, 
subdivision, sign, design, etc.) 
 The planning agency’s work program for the 
year 
 An executive summary of the annual budget 
or capital improvement program (CIP) 
 The board/commission’s bylaws and written 
procedures 
 Copies of regional or state policies or 
programs to which they may be expected to 
refer on occasion 
 Copies of any current agreements the 
planning agency has with other agencies or 
with consultants 
 Copies of the rules, regulations, and forms 
that applicants must comply with in order to 
obtain permits 
 A list of all the available planning resources 
 A flow chart of how typical projects make 
their way through the different boards, 
commissions, and legislative body

&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
6
THE MUNICIPAL
GENERAL PLAN

58
CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL
GENERAL PLAN
58
 
 
 
 
 
Local government planning in Arizona (as in most other states) is carried 
out through specific powers and authority delegated to the local 
governments from the State by planning enabling legislation.  Urban 
planning has occurred in Arizona since at least the 1920’s under enabling 
legislation that was modeled on the Standard Planning and Zoning 
Enabling Acts, which were developed by the U.S. Department of 
Commerce in the 1920’s. In August 1973, the Urban Environment 
Management Act was passed and specifically authorized cities and towns 
to prepare general plans.  Enabling legislation for counties has developed 
in a more piecemeal manner.  Growing Smarter and Growing Smarter Plus 
legislation, passed in 1998 and 2000 respectively, significantly changed 
the requirements to amend and prepare a general or comprehensive plan. 
 
The plan-making process is first described for municipalities in the 
following sections.  Portions of this discussion are referenced in the next 
chapter covering county planning because, despite differences in enabling 
laws, the process is largely the same for city, town, or county.

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
59
59
6.1 FUNCTIONS OF THE PLAN 
Arizona law refers to municipal plans as general 
plans and to county plans as comprehensive 
plans.  The plan contains a community’s goals 
and policies on development, its aspirations for 
the future, strategies for implementation to 
achieve future goals, and a proposed map of the 
jurisdiction that typically includes land use, 
transportation, and public facilities and services.  
Growing Smarter/Plus legislation requires the 
inclusion of elements to address areas such as 
open space, environmental planning, growth 
areas, cost of development, and water resources.  
Communities may opt to include additional 
elements to address issues of local significance, 
such as an economic development element. 
(Elements are covered in more detail in Section 
6.2.) 
 
The Plan as a Statement of Policy   As a 
statement of policy, the plan serves as a guide to 
elected bodies responsible for adopting land use 
controls and to the courts that must judge their 
fairness and reasonableness. Throughout the 
planning process, conflicts among the goals of 
competing interest groups must be resolved to 
adequately represent the community as a whole; 
yet goals and objectives must be measurable and 
specific enough to be implementable.  This 
requires an effective public participation program 
to gain community support for the final plan 
goals, objectives, and policies.  Policy outlined in 
the plan can provide stability and consistency 
through political and administrative changes.   
 
The Plan as Part of a Process   Planning is a 
continual process.  No plan can be the “last 
word” on a community’s future development.  A 
single planning document cannot provide 
solutions to all the economic and social problems 
facing a changing community.  Conditions, 
resources, and goals could change, making it 
necessary to amend the plan. 
 
An important purpose of developing a plan is to 
work through the process – to create a basis for 
continuing activity designed to produce the best 
possible decisions about the community’s future. 
Planning processes should be participatory, and 
provide the opportunity to bring the public and 
other stakeholders into a common forum to talk 
about a community vision and goals. 
 
 
The essence of the plan is that it is a 
statement of policy, and an 
expression of community intentions 
and aspirations. 
 
 
An effective process will ensure that the plan is an 
accurate and complete summary of the 
community’s vision at a particular time, and the 
stakeholders will be familiar with and supportive 
of its goals due to their participation.  
 
Policy as Strategy   The plan will contain 
policies on land use, transportation, public 
services, housing, environmental or resource 
conservation, and whatever else is important in 
the community.  These policies should support 
the community’s overall development goals and 
their priority.  In growing cities, policy may be 
directed to maintaining, stimulating, or managing 
new development, or to controlling the location 
and type of development occurring.  In cities with 
stable or declining populations, policy may focus 
on infill development, effective use of public 
resources, and maintenance of existing facilities 
and services.  Large cities, and counties with 
substantial regional differences, may prepare 
their plan incrementally. Another benefit to 
planning is to coordinate policy and priorities 
among the various elements (such as land use, 
circulation, etc.) so that decisions made by 
different government entities are mutually 
supportive and not conflicting. 
 
The Plan as a Guide to Decision-Making   
Clear, concise policies provide the means for 
implementing the general plan.  A capital 
improvements program (CIP) and municipal or 
county budget provide the schedule and

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
60
60
resources for the jurisdiction’s part in 
accomplishing these goals.  The most common 
way in which the land use element of the plan is 
used for decision-making is through the zoning 
process.  The zoning map and proposed land use 
map are graphic depictions of land use policy.  
Subdivision regulations, like the zoning 
ordinance, also should be designed and 
administered in accordance with the development 
policies outlined in the plan. 
 
 
6.2 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE GENERAL PLAN 
By law, the plan should be developed, updated, 
or readopted at least every ten years. A.R.S. § 9-
461.05 contains the requirements for municipal 
general plans, and states: 
 
 Each planning agency shall prepare and the 
legislative body of each municipality shall 
adopt a comprehensive, long-range general 
plan for the development of the municipality. 
The planning agency shall coordinate the 
production of its general plan with the 
creation of the state land department 
conceptual land use plans under title 37, 
chapter 2, article 5.1 and shall cooperate with 
the state land department regarding 
integrating the conceptual state land use plans 
into the municipality's general land use plan. 
The general plan shall include provisions that 
identify changes or modifications to the plan 
that constitute amendments and major 
amendments. The plan shall be adopted and 
readopted in the manner prescribed by 
Section 9-461.06. 
 The general plan shall be so prepared that all 
or individual elements of it may be adopted 
by the legislative body and that it may be 
made applicable to all or part of the territory 
of the municipality. 
 The general plan shall consist of a statement of 
community goals and development policies. It 
shall include maps, any necessary diagrams 
and text setting forth objectives, principles, 
standards and plan proposals. 
The statutes also describe the contents for each of 
the required elements, which are summarized in 
the sections below.  Appendix E is a flow chart of 
the required general plan elements relative to 
population size and growth rate. 
 
 
6.2.1 General Plan Elements for All 
Communities 
 
The statutes require that each municipal plan 
include land use and circulation elements with 
certain components. 
 
Land Use Element   This element is typically 
the basis for the remainder of the plan, and 
would include a planned land use map. The 
statutes require that the land use element: 
 
 Designates the proposed general distribution, 
location, and extent of such land uses as 
housing, business, industry, agriculture, 
recreation, education, public buildings and 
grounds, open space, and such other 
categories of public and private uses of land as 
may be appropriate to the municipality  
 Include a statement of the standards of 
population density and building intensity 
recommended for the various land use 
categories covered by the plan 
 Include consideration of access to incident 
solar energy for all general categories of land 
use 
 Include policies to address maintaining a 
broad variety of land uses including the range 
of uses existing in the municipality when the 
plan is adopted, readopted, or amended 
 For cities and towns with territory in the 
vicinity of a military airport (as defined by 
A.R.S. § 28-8461), include consideration of 
military airport operations

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
61
61
 For large and fast growing municipalities, the 
general plan must be ratified by a vote of the 
public to become effective. (See page 31 
under “Ratification” heading.) 
 
Circulation Element   This element should 
include the general location and extent of existing 
and proposed freeways, arterial and collector 
streets, bicycle routes, jogging paths, and any 
other modes of transportation as may be 
appropriate, all correlated with the land use 
element of the plan. 
 
 
6.2.2 General Plan Elements for Large 
and Fast Growing Communities 
 
The following elements are required for all 
communities with populations greater than 
10,000, and communities with populations 
between 2,500 and 10,000 AND a population 
growth rate that exceeded an average of 2% for 
the previous ten-year period. In calculating 
population totals and growth rates, the statutes 
direct communities to use the most recent U.S. 
decennial census. 
 
Open Space Element   This element addresses 
open space and recreational resources in the 
community, and typically is closely tied to the 
land use element. State Statutes require the 
following be included in this element: 
 
 A comprehensive inventory of open space 
areas, recreational resources, and designations 
of access points to open space areas and 
resources 
 An analysis of forecasted needs, policies for 
managing and protecting open space areas, 
and resources and implementation strategies 
to acquire additional open space areas and 
further establish recreational resources  
 Policies and implementation strategies 
designed to promote a regional system of 
integrated open space and recreational 
resources, and consideration of any existing 
regional open space plans 
 
Growth Area Element   This element should 
also be closely tied to the land use element, and 
is intended to identify areas (if any) that are 
particularly suitable for planned multimodal 
transportation and infrastructure expansion and 
improvements designed to support a planned 
concentration of a variety of land uses. The 
statutes direct that this element should include 
policies and implementation strategies that are 
designed to: 
 
 Make automobile, transit and other 
multimodal circulation more efficient, make 
infrastructure expansion more economical, 
and provide for a rational pattern of land 
development 
 Conserve significant natural resources and 
open space areas in the growth area and 
coordinate their location to similar areas 
outside the growth area's boundaries 
 Promote the public and private construction of 
timely and financially sound infrastructure 
expansion through the use of infrastructure 
funding and financing planning that is 
coordinated with development activity 
 
Environmental Planning Element   This 
element contains analysis, policies and strategies 
to address anticipated effects, if any, of plan 
elements on air quality, water quality and natural 
resources associated with proposed development 
under the general plan. The policies and 
strategies to be developed under this element 
shall be designed to have community-wide 
applicability and shall not require the production 
of an additional environmental impact statement 
or similar analysis beyond the requirements of 
state and federal law. 
 
Cost of Development Element   This element 
should include policies and strategies that the 
municipality will use to require development to 
pay its fair share toward the cost of additional

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
62
62
public service needs generated by new 
development, with appropriate exceptions when 
in the public interest. Per the statutes, this 
element shall include: 
 
 A component that identifies various 
mechanisms that are allowed by law and that 
can be used to fund and finance additional 
public services necessary to serve the 
development, including bonding, special 
taxing districts, development fees, in lieu fees, 
facility construction, dedications and service 
privatization 
 A component that identifies policies to ensure 
that any mechanisms that are adopted by the 
municipality under this element result in a 
beneficial use to the development, bear a 
reasonable relationship to the burden imposed 
on the municipality to provide additional 
necessary public services to the development 
and otherwise are imposed according to law 
 
In developing this element, it is recommended 
that each community define “fair share” and 
identify all the services that would require 
expansion and therefore incur costs as a result of 
new development (i.e. roads, water and sewer 
systems, parks, police and fire protection, etc.). 
 
Water Resources Element   To address the 
connection between water resources and 
development, this element should include 
discussion of: 
 
 The known legally and physically available 
surface water, groundwater and effluent 
supplies 
 The demand for water that will result from 
future growth projected in the general plan, 
added to existing uses   
 An analysis of how the demand for water that 
will result from the future growth projected in 
the general plan will be served by the 
currently available water supplies, or a plan to 
obtain additional necessary water supplies 
6.2.3 Additional General Plan 
Elements for Communities over 
50,000 in Population 
 
The following additional elements are required 
for large communities – with populations over 
50,000 – but other communities may opt to 
include one or more of the elements below as 
needed to address important local issues.  
 
Conservation Element   This element is 
intended to address the conservation, 
development, and utilization of natural resources, 
including forests, soils, rivers, and other waters, 
harbors, fisheries, wildlife, minerals and other 
natural resources.  The conservation element may 
also cover: 
 
9 Reclamation of land 
9 Flood control  
9 Prevention and control of the pollution of 
streams and other waters 
9 Regulation of the use of land in stream 
channels and other areas required for the 
accomplishment of the conservation plan 
9 Prevention, control, and correction of the 
erosion of soils, beaches and shores (the 
last two are for after “the big one,” when 
California tumbles into the sea) 
9 Protection of watersheds 
 
Recreation Element   This element should 
show a comprehensive system of areas and public 
sites for recreation including the following and, if 
practicable, their locations and proposed 
development: 
 
9 Natural reservations 
9 Parks 
9 Playgrounds and playing fields 
9 Parkways and scenic drives 
9 Beaches

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
63
63
9 Open space 
9 Bicycle routes 
9 Other recreation areas 
 
Circulation Element   In addition to the 
requirements described in Section 6.2.1, for 
larger communities this element shall also include 
recommendations concerning parking facilities, 
building setback requirements and the 
delineation of such systems on the land, a system 
of street naming, house and building numbering 
and such other matters as may be related to the 
improvement of traffic circulation.  The 
circulation element may also include: 
 
 A Transportation Element showing a 
comprehensive transportation system, 
including locations of rights-of-way, terminals, 
viaducts and grade separations.  This element 
of the plan may also include aviation and 
related facilities. 
 
 A Transit Element showing a proposed 
system of rail or transit lines or such other 
mode of transportation as may be 
appropriate. 
 
Public Services and Facilities Element   This 
element must show general plans for police, fire, 
emergency services, sewage, refuse disposal, 
drainage, local utilities, rights-of-way, easements 
and facilities for them.  
 
Public Buildings Element   This element must 
show locations that have civic and community 
centers, public schools, libraries, police and fire 
stations, and other public buildings. 
 
Housing Element   This element shall consist of 
standards and programs for the elimination of 
substandard dwelling conditions, for the 
improvement of housing quality, variety, and 
affordability, and for provision of adequate sites 
for housing.  This element shall contain an 
identification and analysis of existing and 
forecasted housing needs, and be designed to 
make equal provision for the housing needs of all 
segments of the community regardless of race, 
color, creed or economic level.  
 
Conservation, Rehabilitation and 
Redevelopment Element   This element shall 
consist of plans and programs for: 
 
 The elimination of slums and blighted areas  
 Community redevelopment, including housing 
sites, business and industrial sites, and public 
building sites  
 Neighborhood preservation and revitalization 
 Other purposes authorized by law 
 
Safety Element   This element provides for the 
protection of the community from natural and 
manmade hazards including features necessary 
for such protection as evacuation routes, peak 
load water supply requirements, minimum road 
widths according to function, clearances around 
structures and mapping in areas of known 
geologic hazards. 
 
Bicycling Element   This element shall consist 
of proposed bicycle facilities such as bicycle 
routes, bicycle parking areas and designated 
bicycle street crossing areas. It is recommended 
that this element be tied to the circulation 
element.  
 
Although these elements are required by Arizona 
Statutes, please note that it is not an exhaustive 
list of possible elements for a general plan.  If 
some topic is especially important in a 
community, it may make sense to devote a 
specific element to it. Additional elements that 
have been included in Arizona general plans 
include economic development, historic 
preservation, and arts and cultural resources.

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
64
64
6.2.4 Public Participation 
Requirements 
 
Arizona Statutes do address the public 
participation that should accompany the general 
plan process. These are discussed in more detail 
in Section 4.2.1 in Chapter 4. Overall, the law 
indicates that, in developing a general plan, the 
community must consult with, advise, and 
provide an opportunity for official comment to at 
least the following groups: public officials and 
agencies, the county, school districts, associations 
of governments, public land management 
agencies, the military airport if the municipality 
has territory in the vicinity of a military airport as 
defined in A.R.S. § 28-8461, other appropriate 
government jurisdictions, public utility 
companies, civic, educational, professional and 
other organizations, property owners and citizens 
generally [A.R.S. § 9-461.06(B)(2)]. As discussed 
in Chapter 4, written procedures for a public 
involvement program to accompany general plan 
development must be adopted by the legislative 
body.  
 
At least sixty days before the planning 
commission hearing on the general plan (or a 
major amendment) is noticed, a review copy of 
the proposed plan or amendment must be 
transmitted to the planning commission, 
governing body, and the following entities for 
further review and comment: 
 
„ The planning agency of the county in 
which the municipality is located 
„ Each county or municipality that is 
contiguous to the corporate limits of 
the municipality or its area of 
extraterritorial jurisdiction 
„ The regional planning agency within 
which the municipality is located 
„ The Arizona Department of Commerce 
or any other state agency that is 
subsequently designated as the general 
planning agency for the state 
„ The Arizona Department of Water 
Resources for review and comment on 
the water resources element, if a water 
resources element is required 
„ If the general plan or a portion, 
element or amendment of the general 
plan is applicable to territory in the 
vicinity of a military airport as defined 
in A.R.S. § 28-8461, the military 
airport. 
„ Any person or entity that requests in 
writing to receive a review copy of the 
proposal 
 
After considering the recommendations from the 
review period described above, public hearings 
before the planning commission and governing 
body are required to be held on the proposed 
general plan plan update, or major amendment 
as described in Chapter 4 (Section 4.2.1) and in 
accordance with the Open Meeting Law (Section 
4.1). More information on major and minor 
amendments is provided below in Section 6.2.5.  
 
 
6.2.5 Major and Minor Amendments 
 
State Statutes require that communities identify 
criteria to determine major and minor 
amendments to the general plan. In general, a 
major amendment may be defined as “a 
substantial alteration of the municipality’s land 
use mixture or balance as established in the 
municipality’s existing general plan land use 
element.” [A.R.S. § 9-461.06(G)] Each city or 
town must identify the specific criteria for 
defining a major amendment; often communities 
will use a combination of characteristics such as 
acreage of the proposed amendment area, 
proposed density change, or type of proposed 
land use change (i.e., from residential to 
commercial).

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
65
65
Proposed major amendments can only be 
considered for adoption by the governing body 
once a year, at a single public hearing to be held 
within the same calendar year as the proposal is 
made. It is suggested that a schedule for the 
annual hearing be determined and followed 
consistently, so that a schedule of annual 
deadlines for necessary steps in the application 
process can be established for applicants and 
staff.  
 
There are also hearing requirements associated 
with the consideration and adoption of major 
amendments that are very similar to those for the 
adoption of the general plan (see Section 4.2.1 
for this information). In addition, major 
amendments are subject to the same 60-day 
review as general plans (see Section 6.2.4).  
 
 
6.3 THE PLANNING PROCESS 
Who Initiates The Process?   The local public 
authority most often initiates the development of 
a general or comprehensive plan: the city council, 
board of supervisors, planning commission, city 
or county manager, or community 
development/planning director.  The initiation of 
a comprehensive planning effort in response to 
public concern over the future of the community 
is an ideal circumstance for this undertaking.  One 
of the most important ingredients to a successful 
process is to have a public participation plan that 
encourages a variety of techniques to include 
residents and other stakeholders. 
 
Who Directs The Work?  And Who Else Should 
Be Involved?   While a comprehensive 
planning effort may be financed and directed 
wholly outside the public sector, this is the 
exception and not the rule.  Many Arizona 
municipalities and counties have planning 
departments or commissions whose task is to 
prepare plans for their communities.  The 
responsibility for planning will vary from one 
community to another.  The city manager’s role 
in the planning function is especially prominent 
in smaller cities and towns, where the manager is 
most likely to have a major responsibility due to 
small planning staffs. 
 
If the plan is to be effective, it is essential that 
those expected to use it be involved in its 
preparation.  Elected and appointed officials 
deciding on land use issues should be familiar 
with how the land use element of the plan was 
developed, population trends, housing patterns, 
and key development issues.  Likewise, officials 
responsible for developing and adopting the 
capital improvements program should be familiar 
with the community’s long-range public facilities 
goals.  Finally, community residents are the most 
important investors in the plan and must be 
involved in its preparation and implementation, 
however difficult and time-consuming this task 
may become. 
 
Relationship To Metropolitan And Regional 
Planning   Most communities are affected by 
changes occurring in surrounding areas: 
annexations, economic cycles, and development 
patterns.  Municipal plans should identify the 
city’s role in the region relative to economic 
growth or decline.  Communities may be 
members of councils of governments (COGs), or 
enter into intergovernmental agreements for the 
provision of services.  Issues of regional 
importance include transportation, transit, 
wildlife and nature conservation, tourism, 
recreation, air quality, water quality and supply, 
solid waste disposal, and flood control/drainage. 
 
Who Does The Technical Work In Plan 
Preparation?   A professional planning staff is 
often responsible for preparing the plan.  
However, given the diverse technical skills 
necessary to adequately address environmental, 
transportation, utilities, and other needs, most 
planning staffs will require input and assistance 
from other departments such as public works or 
engineering.  Consultants are frequently used for 
preparation of some components of the plan, or 
the entire plan.

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
66
66
In small communities or rural counties, 
consultants may be employed to undertake all of 
the technical work under the direction of the 
planning staff, planning commission, or city or 
county manager.  When consultants are used, it is 
important that staff and policy-makers remain 
closely involved in development of the plan to 
examine data, formulate policy, and review 
alternatives (see Section 6.3.3 for more 
information on hiring consultants). 
 
How Much Money Is Needed?   The cost of a 
plan generally depends on the number and types 
of elements in the plan, the number of meetings 
and public presentations held, the level of detail 
demanded, and the final products desired.  
Because the payoffs from planning are not seen 
as immediate and tangible, the planning budget 
may be a low priority.  However, planning is a 
vital component of resource management, and 
will assist the administration in determining the 
most effective use of funds and their projected 
impact. 
 
Deadlines Should Be Set   At the outset of the 
planning process, a schedule should be set 
specifying the completion of particular work 
products, team meetings, and public meetings.  A 
schedule should be developed for the planning 
process that incorporates the adopted public 
participation procedures, sufficient time for data 
collection efforts, the mandated 60-day review 
period, hearing notification requirements, and 
any other local considerations. Many 
communities require between twelve to twenty-
four months to develop a plan. 
 
What Should The Plan Look Like?   Plans 
come in various sizes and shapes because of the 
budget and needs of a particular community.  
General and comprehensive plans may be printed 
as a series of documents for easy use or 
summarized in short pamphlets for public 
distribution.  Loose-leaf notebooks are popular 
because individual plan components may be 
added or deleted as they are completed or 
updated.  Many plans are published in summary 
versions for mass distribution and complete 
versions for those wanting all the background 
data, standards, etc. 
 
Should Maps Be Used?   Maps are 
indispensable to good planning, and provide a 
method to communicate the spatial relationships 
of land use categories.  Maps also provide a 
means to illustrate other planning goals such as 
future circulation systems and future public 
facilities and services, especially when they are 
shared regionally. 
 
 
6.3.1 Preparing the General Plan 
 
One of the suggested first steps to begin work on 
the general plan is to put together an advisory 
team.  The makeup of the team depends on 
whether a consultant is involved and the 
willingness and experience of staff, public 
officials, and others.  A good mix might include 
the consultant, planning staff, one or two 
planning commissioners, one or two council 
members, a major landowner representing the 
interests of property owners, a local merchant 
representing business concerns, and 
representatives for the local utilities, schools, or 
public land holdings.  This team will be 
responsible for initiating the project, coordinating 
information from concurrent activities, and 
providing direction to those ultimately 
responsible for writing the text and preparing 
supporting maps.  The team should strive for 
consensus; however, it is not the responsibility for 
team members to make final decisions. The 
governing body ultimately adopts the plan 
through a public process.

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
67
67
6.3.1.1 
Phase I 
Discovery and Analysis 
 
Phase I focuses on data gathering, so that the 
community can inventory existing resources and 
understand current opportunities and challenges. 
Necessary data typically will include: 
 
9 Population statistics and 
projections 
9 Economic characteristics and 
statistics 
9 Existing land uses 
9 Environmental characteristics 
9 Existing public facilities 
9 Existing transportation network 
 
Housing, recreation, resource conservation, 
downtown redevelopment, etc. may require 
additional studies, depending on data gaps 
identified and what is needed. 
 
Population Studies   Two types of population 
studies are usually employed in the planning 
process.  Current population studies describe the 
existing population of the planning area in terms 
of its stratification and composition.  The U.S. 
Bureau of the Census collects population figures 
each decade, which provide a good starting point 
from which to estimate the local population 
during non-census years.  Councils of government 
(COGs) also may have estimates for non-census 
years.  
 
Population projections forecast future population 
levels in order to predict land use requirements, 
public facilities needs, and the general 
composition of the city or county in the years to 
come. The validity of long-range planning 
depends partly on the accuracy of the population 
forecasts.  As much as planning deals with 
providing community services and facilities, 
significant fluctuations in population size and 
composition can render the plan obsolete if 
changes are unforeseen.  Determining the size of 
the study area (the area to be planned) will 
depend upon the growth expectations of the 
community.  The Arizona Department of 
Economic Security “Arizona Workforce Informer” 
website, www.workforce.az.gov, can be helpful 
here.  Some communities in Arizona experience 
seasonal populations.  Organizations to assist in 
forecasting these populations include tourism 
offices and the local chamber of commerce. 
 
Economic Studies   Economists have developed 
numerous strategies for economic analyses of 
urban areas.  Economic base studies, the 
determination of the size and segment of local 
industry and commerce devoted to “exports” 
from the community, are perhaps the most 
commonly used.  Excellent techniques have also 
been developed for gathering data on 
employment, occupations, income, value added 
by manufacturing, volume of production, and 
other useful information.  This provides an 
understanding of the economic composition of 
the community and forms a basis for projecting 
future demands on both the public and private 
sectors.  Much of this information is documented 
in the Arizona Community Profiles and the 
Arizona Economic Base Studies, which are 
prepared by the Arizona Department of 
Commerce (see www.azcommerce.com). 
 
Physical and Natural Resource Inventory   An 
inventory and analysis of soils, topography and 
slope, geology, drainage patterns, vegetation, 
lakes, rivers, and wetlands is necessary to 
understand the environmental setting and 
identify sensitive areas. 
 
Existing Land Use Surveys   A land use survey 
is conducted to identify the variety of land uses 
existing in the community.  Data collected from 
this inventory is tabulated and analyzed 
statistically with regard to location, size, 
frequency, and density.  The information can be 
summarized to include the amount of land

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
68
68
devoted to specific uses, a table depicting 
frequency of lot sizes, and an analysis of major 
impacts associated with certain land uses.  The 
data is evaluated along with projected 
community needs and serve as a framework for 
preparing long-range plans. 
 
Transportation and Circulation Studies   The 
existing level of service of all (public and private) 
modes of transportation within the planning area 
should be benchmarked to assist with prioritizing 
short- and long-range capital improvements.  
Information on projected traffic volumes, the size, 
location, and capacity of existing and planned 
facilities, efficiency of circulation patterns, and 
other relevant data should be included. 
 
Public Facilities   A community’s growth 
policies may be translated through the capital 
improvements plan (CIP).  The timing, location, 
and availability of public facilities, utilities, and 
services shape urban development patterns.  The 
extension of water and sewer service, 
construction of major roads, schools, parks, and a 
host of other physical improvements determine 
when and where development will occur. 
 
 
6.3.1.2 
Phase II 
Goals and Policy Formulation 
Perhaps the most important, and yet most 
difficult, stage of the planning process is the 
establishment of goals, objectives, and policies for 
future development.  The need for revision of 
existing goals and policies, or identification of 
new ones will emerge during the data evaluation 
and public input.  An important point to 
remember is that objectives must be measurable 
so that progress towards meeting community 
goals can be monitored.  The importance of 
including the community throughout the process 
via a public information and participation 
program is essential to the identification and 
acceptance of goals and policy by community 
members.  The value of public input to the 
planning process cannot be underestimated. 
 
 
6.3.1.3 
Phase III 
Alternatives Development 
 
Based on the data inventory and community 
goals, alternative land use scenarios may be 
generated to present to the community. Often 
these alternatives will provide for different 
growth rates or different policy emphases to 
illustrate the various outcomes that might result. 
The alternatives may be a tool for provoking 
community discussion about its vision of the 
future, and often one of the alternatives will be 
the basis for the land use map that is included in 
the general plan. During this period, the elements 
of the plan may be drafted. In addition, public 
involvement activities may be occurring as 
prescribed in the public participation program.  
 
 
6.3.1.4 
Phase IV 
Review, Revisions, and Adoption 
During this phase, a draft review copy of the plan 
is completed and distributed for 60-day review. 
In accordance with the statutes, certain agencies 
and groups must receive the draft (see Section 
6.2.4) and this may also be a good time to 
continue a public information program or other 
activities that may be included in the public 
participation program.  
 
Upon completion of any revisions, the hearings 
for the planning commission and council to 
recommend and adopt the plan may occur in 
accordance with the Open Meeting Law and any 
other statutory requirements (see Chapter 4).

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
69
69
6.3.1.5 
Phase V 
Implementation 
Any effective plan must include accepted and 
feasible implementation measures. Common tools 
for implementation include land use regulations, 
a capital improvements program, and special 
funding programs.  Land use regulations may take 
the form of: 
 
Building codes 
Zoning and subdivision ordinances 
Permitting procedures 
Public review processes 
Development agreements 
 
After setting the goals and policies, the plan 
should identify “next steps” – ideally, the 
priorities, timelines, and responsible parties for 
the efforts and projects that are discussed in the 
plan. In addition, a method for monitoring or 
reporting back to council on progress toward plan 
goals could be outlined. Some ideas for the role 
of various entities in implementation may 
include: 
 
The Staff… 
Recommend to the council ways of 
implementing the plan that may 
include zoning code or other ordinance 
updates, design guidelines, a sign 
ordinance, or specific plans. 
May make an annual report to the 
council on the status of the plan and its 
implementation. 
May consult with public and private 
organizations on the implementation of 
the plan. 
Shall, on orders from the council, 
prepare specific plans and regulations. 
Recommend that projects and priorities 
in the plan be reflected in the capital 
improvements plan (CIP) and 
municipal budgets. 
 
The Council… 
May direct the planning agency to 
prepare specific plans and regulations.   
Adopt other measures to implement 
the general plan including procedures 
to administer the specific plans and 
regulations. Please note: the 
jurisdiction’s attorney should review all 
proposed regulations before they are 
enacted.  
Ensure that projects and priorities in 
the plan are reflected in the capital 
improvements plan (CIP) and 
municipal budgets.  
 
The Planning Commission… 
Participate in the development of and 
hold public hearings for specific plans 
or regulations. 
Continue to discuss progress toward 
plan goals and emerging planning 
issues in worksessions with staff and in 
joint sessions with council.

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
70
70
6.3.2 Keeping the Plan Current 
 
The development of a plan is only the beginning 
of a continual planning process; the plan must be 
examined and probably revised periodically.  
Frequent amendments to the general plan, a 
specific plan, or to development ordinances may 
indicate the need for revision of these documents. 
 
When revising a plan, official maps, the zoning 
ordinance, subdivision regulations, etc., the 
following procedure is suggested: 
 
Analyze and review the goals, policies and 
programs in the plan and determine specific 
areas in need of revision. 
Rewrite appropriate areas of the plan to 
incorporate any changes.  Since the 
elements of a plan should be interrelated, 
be aware that changes to one part may 
require changes in others. 
Rewrite appropriate sections of the 
development ordinances to be adopted at 
the same time that the plan is amended. 
 
6.3.3 Choosing a Consultant 
 
Communities often retain the services of a 
consultant to draft or update their general plans. 
Typically, this process would begin with the 
development of a Request for Proposals (RFP) or 
Request for Qualifications (RFQ) to generate 
responses from interested firms. For assistance in 
developing these documents, please contact the 
Community Planning Office of the Arizona 
Department of Commerce (602-771-1191).  A 
database of professional consultants in Arizona is 
also available on the Commerce website at 
www.azcommerce.com. 
 
To select a consultant, a community may opt to 
convene a selection panel to review and discuss 
the proposals and interview candidate firms. The 
panel could include the planning director, a 
planning commissioner, a council member or 
county supervisor, interested citizens, 
representatives of different departments that will 
be participating in plan development and non-
staff individuals with planning knowledge and 
experience. When reviewing proposals submitted 
by consultants, consider the following criteria: 
 
 
Does the consultant appear to be well 
qualified and experienced in the particular 
field you need help with?  Do the people 
assigned to the project, not just the firm, 
have the necessary experience and 
qualifications? 
How does the firm propose to deal with 
your particular concerns?  Does the firm 
propose a realistic time schedule and 
budget?  How well does this consultant 
understand your community’s situation? 
Does the proposal respond directly to your 
needs in a clear, well-thought-out fashion? 
What techniques will be used to gather 
input and receive community support? 
The two or three firms with the best proposals 
should be called for a face-to-face interview with 
the selection panel.  Each interview should be 
held with the proposed project manager and 
team leaders from each consulting firm that has 
made the “short-list”. 
 
The consultants should be asked to elaborate on: 
 
 
What knowledge does the consultant 
have of the town? 
What special qualifications can the 
project team provide? 
9
9
9 
1
2
3
4
??

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
71
71
Are team members experts in the 
necessary fields and disciplines? 
 
How will the work be done? 
 
What is the proposed schedule of 
activities? 
 
How will public input be solicited? 
 
How will the final product be 
implemented to benefit the 
community? 
 
 
In selecting a consultant for the project, one of 
the most important things a community can do is 
check references.  Call at least three of the 
consultant’s most recent clients of similar projects 
to the one you are contemplating, and ask at a 
minimum the following questions: 
 
 
Has the consultant’s work been 
useful? 
How well did the consultant work 
with the public, staff, and public 
officials? 
Did the consultant’s services meet 
your expectations? 
Would you hire this consultant 
again? 
Did they complete the project on 
time and within the budget? 
 
Inquiries to other jurisdictions also can help to 
establish a range of costs for the desired 
consulting services.  Consultants should know the 
amount of money budgeted for the project 
before they prepare a proposal.  If the 
consultant’s proposal exceeds your budget, they 
should be prepared to present a strong case as to 
why more money will be needed.  A consultant 
should be chosen on the basis of who will do the 
best job, however, not just who will charge the 
least. 
 
Further negotiation typically occurs after the 
consultant is tentatively selected and prior to 
contract finalization to make sure both sides 
understand what will, and will not, be completed 
as part of the project.  Your goal is to choose the 
consultant who seems most suited to working 
with your community; the one you feel can 
understand your problems and offer realistic, 
workable, imaginative alternatives to help your 
community decide where it wants to go and how 
to get there. 
 
 
6.4 SPECIFIC PLANS 
A specific plan may be prepared for a specific 
geographic area which: 
 
9 Has special site characteristics (i.e. historic, 
recreational, natural resources) that may 
be targeted for development or 
preservation 
9 Is experiencing rapid growth or economic 
change 
9 Has the potential for development of new 
or expanded economic activities 
9 Requires special planning for other 
reasons 
A.R.S. § 9-461.08 states: 
The planning agency may, or if so directed 
by the legislative body shall, prepare 
specific plans based on the general plan or 
drafts of such regulations, programs and 
legislation as may in the judgment of the 
agency be required for the systematic 
execution of the general plan.  The 
planning agency may recommend such 
plans and measures to the elected officials 
for adoption. 
? ?
? ?

CHAPTER 6 
THE MUNICIPAL GENERAL PLAN 
 
72
72
In addition to zoning ordinance and subdivision 
regulation amendments, specific plans may 
include: 
 
9 Regulations determining the location of 
buildings and other improvements with 
respect to existing rights-of-way, 
floodplains, and public facilities. 
9 Regulations for the use of land, 
buildings and structures, the height 
and bulk of buildings and structures, 
and the open spaces surrounding 
buildings and structures. 
9 Street and highway naming and 
number plans in order to establish the 
official names of streets and highways, 
which will remove conflicts, duplication 
and uncertainty among such names, 
and provide an orderly system for the 
addressing of buildings and properties. 
9 Measures required to ensure the 
execution of the general plan. 
9 Other matters which will accomplish 
these purposes including procedures 
for the administration of such 
regulations. 
Municipalities lacking the resources may request 
that an applicant prepare, or fund the 
preparation of, a specific plan that would 
encompass their project.  The procedure for 
adoption of specific plans is similar to that for 
general plans.  The city council may establish 
administrative procedures for the application and 
enforcement of specific plans and regulations, 
assigning these functions to the planning agency.

&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
7
THE COUNTY
COMPREHENSIVE PLAN

73
CHAPTER 7 
THE COUNTY
COMPREHENSIVE PLAN
73
 
 
 
 
 
Most of the discussion of the municipal general plan in the previous 
chapter also applies to counties, including the functions of the plan 
(Section 6.1), public participation requirements (Section 6.2.4 and Chapter 
4), and the planning process (Section 6.3). This chapter addresses the legal 
requirements for county comprehensive plans and items that are specific to 
counties, such as rural planning areas and specific zoning plans.

CHAPTER 7 
THE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 
 
74
74
7.1 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 
County planning authority is provided in A.R.S. § 
11-802: 
 
The board of supervisors of a 
county…shall plan and provide for the 
future growth and improvement of its 
area of jurisdiction, and coordinate all 
public improvements in accordance 
therewith, form a planning and zoning 
commission to consult with and advise it 
regarding matters of planning, zoning, 
and subdivision platting and…adopt and 
enforce such rules, regulations, 
ordinances and plans as may apply to the 
development of its area of jurisdiction. 
 
 
It also states in A.R.S. § 11-806(B): 
 
The commission shall prepare and 
recommend to the board a 
comprehensive plan of the area of 
jurisdiction of the county in the manner 
prescribed by article 2 of this chapter. 
The purpose of the plan is to bring about 
coordinated physical development in 
accordance with the present and future 
needs of the county. The comprehensive 
plan shall be developed so as to conserve 
the natural resources of the county, to 
insure efficient expenditure of public 
funds, and to promote the health, safety, 
convenience, and general welfare of the 
public. Such comprehensive plan may 
include but not be limited to, among 
other things, studies and 
recommendations relative to the location, 
character and extent of highways, 
railroads, bus and other transportation 
routes, bicycle facilities, bridges, public 
buildings, public services, schools, parks, 
open space, housing quality, variety and 
affordability, parkways, hiking and riding 
trails, airports, forests, wildlife areas, 
dams, projects affecting conservation of 
natural resources, air quality, water 
quality and floodplain zoning. For 
counties with territory in the vicinity of a 
military airport as defined in Section 28-
8461, the commission shall also consider 
military airport operations. Such 
comprehensive plan shall be a public 
record, but its purpose and effect shall be 
primarily as an aid to the county 
planning and zoning commission in the 
performance of its duties. 
 
 
In addition, the statutes require that the county 
plan: 
 
 Shall provide for zoning, shall show the zoning 
districts designated as appropriate for various 
classes of residential, business and industrial 
uses and shall provide for the establishment of 
setback lines and other plans providing for 
adequate light, air and parking facilities and 
for expediting traffic within the districts 
 May establish the percentage of a lot or parcel 
which may be covered by buildings, and the 
size of yards, courts and other open spaces 
 Shall consider access to incident solar energy 
 May provide for retirement community zoning 
districts 
 May provide for the regulation and use of 
business licenses, adult oriented business 
manager permits and adult service provider 
permits  
Similarly to the municipalities, Arizona law 
requires for counties: 
 
 That the board of supervisors adopt written 
procedures for public involvement throughout 
the planning process, as described in Section 
4.2.1 [A.R.S. § 11-806 (D)]

CHAPTER 7 
THE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 
 
75
75
 A 60-day review period (see Section 6.2.4) 
 Coordination with the Arizona State Land 
Department regarding integration of 
conceptual land use plans [A.R.S. § 11-821(A)] 
 Coordination with cities and towns within the 
county, “… for the purpose of guiding and 
accomplishing a coordinated, adjusted and 
harmonious development of the county, of 
zoning districts, of urban growth and of public 
improvements and utilities which do not begin 
and terminate within the boundaries of any 
single city or town.” [A.R.S. § 11-806(F)] 
 
7.1.1 Required Elements for County 
Comprehensive Plans 
 
The statutes require that counties with 
populations over 125,000 must include at least 
the three elements described below, and that 
smaller counties may include these elements.  
Appendix F is a flow chart depicting the required 
comprehensive plan elements based on 
population size. 
 
1. Land Use Element 
This element typically contains a land use 
map, and should designate the proposed 
general distribution, location, and extent of 
uses of the land for housing, business, 
industry, agriculture, recreation, education, 
public buildings and grounds, open space and 
other categories as appropriate. The statutes 
require that the following components be 
included: 
 
 Statement of the standards of 
population density and building 
intensity recommended for the various 
land use categories covered by the plan 
 Specific programs and policies that the 
county may use to promote compact 
form development activity and locations 
where those development patterns 
should be encouraged 
 Consideration of air quality and access 
to incident solar energy for all general 
categories of land use 
 Policies that address maintaining a 
broad variety of land uses including the 
range of uses existing in the county at 
the time the plan is adopted, readopted 
or amended. 
2. Circulation Element 
This element must include the general 
location and extent of existing and 
proposed freeways, arterial and 
collector streets, bicycle routes and 
any other modes of transportation as 
appropriate, and be correlated with 
the proposed land uses.  
 
3. Water Resources Element 
This element should address: 
 
 The known legally and physically 
available surface water, groundwater, 
and effluent supplies 
 The demand for water that will result 
from future growth projected in the 
county plan, added to existing uses 
 An analysis of how the demand for 
water that will result from future growth 
projected in the comprehensive plan 
will be served by the currently available 
water supplies or a plan to obtain 
additional necessary water supplies 
Counties with populations larger than 200,000 
according to the most recent decennial census 
must also include in the comprehensive plan: 
 
Open Space and Preservation   This 
element must include:

CHAPTER 7 
THE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 
 
76
76
 A comprehensive inventory of open 
space areas, recreational resources and 
designations of access points to open 
space areas and resources 
 An analysis of forecasted needs, policies 
for managing and protecting open space 
and resources and implementation 
strategies to acquire additional open 
space areas and further establish 
recreational resources 
 Policies and implementation strategies 
designed to promote a regional system 
of integrated open space and 
recreational resources and consideration 
of any existing regional open space plan 
Planning for Growth Areas   This element 
should also be closely tied to the land use 
element, and is intended to identify areas (if any) 
that are particularly suitable for planned 
multimodal transportation and infrastructure 
expansion and improvements designed to support 
a planned concentration of a variety of land uses. 
The statutes direct that this element should 
include policies and implementation strategies 
that are designed to: 
 
 Make automobile, transit and other 
multimodal circulation more efficient, 
make infrastructure expansion more 
economical, and provide for a rational 
pattern of land development 
 Conserve significant natural resources 
and open space areas in the growth area 
and coordinate their location to similar 
areas outside the growth area's 
boundaries 
 Promote the public and private 
construction of timely and financially 
sound infrastructure expansion through 
the use of infrastructure funding and 
financing planning that is coordinated 
with development activity 
Environmental Planning Element   This 
element contains analysis, policies and strategies 
to address anticipated effects, if any, of plan 
elements on air quality, water quality and natural 
resources associated with proposed development 
under the general plan. The policies and 
strategies to be developed under this element 
shall be designed to have community-wide 
applicability and shall not require the production 
of an additional environmental impact statement 
or similar analysis beyond the requirements of 
state and federal law. 
 
Cost of Development Element   This element 
should include policies and strategies that the 
municipality will use to require development to 
pay its fair share toward the cost of additional 
public service needs generated by new 
development, with appropriate exceptions when 
in the public interest. Per the statutes, this 
element shall include: 
 
 A component that identifies various 
mechanisms that are allowed by law 
and that can be used to fund and 
finance additional public services 
necessary to serve the development, 
including bonding, special taxing 
districts, development fees, in lieu fees, 
facility construction, dedications and 
service privatization 
 A component that identifies policies to 
ensure that any mechanisms that are 
adopted by the municipality under this 
element result in a beneficial use to the 
development, bear a reasonable 
relationship to the burden imposed on 
the municipality to provide additional 
necessary public services to the 
development and otherwise are 
imposed according to law 
In developing this element, it is recommended 
that each community define “fair share” and 
identify all the services that would require 
expansion and therefore incur costs as a result of

CHAPTER 7 
THE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 
 
77
77
new development (i.e. roads, water and sewer 
systems, parks, police and fire protection, etc.). 
 
Smaller counties may opt to include these 
elements as well. As with cities, counties may 
choose to include other elements that address 
particular issue areas, such as economic 
development.  
 
 
7.1.2 Adopting and Amending the 
Comprehensive Plan 
 
Once drafted, the planning commission, if one 
exists, would recommend the proposed 
comprehensive plan to the board of supervisors. 
The board shall adopt the plan in whole or in 
part and subsequently amend or extend the 
adopted plan or portion thereof. Before 
adoption or amendment, the board must hold at 
least one public hearing. For more information 
on plan adoption, see Section 4.2.1. 
 
The county must identify the criteria for major 
and minor amendments in the same manner as 
municipalities. Amendments are discussed in 
Sections 6.2.5. and 4.2.1. 
 
 
7.2 RURAL PLANNING AREAS 
The purpose of rural planning areas is to allow for 
unincorporated communities to voluntarily assist 
in planning efforts, to ensure a sound factual and 
policy basis for those efforts. Rural planning areas 
may be formed in counties with populations 
under 400,000, and are created by petition to 
the county of owners of real property in any 
specific portion of the county outside corporate 
boundaries. According to state statutes, rural 
planning areas shall emphasize voluntary, 
nonregulatory incentives for compliance and 
accommodation of continuing traditional rural 
and agricultural enterprises. Rural planning areas 
would transmit their recommendations to the 
board of supervisors for consideration for 
inclusion in the county comprehensive plan. 
 
As of Fall 2004, two rural planning areas had 
been formed in Arizona, one in Coconino County 
for ranch land preservation, and one in Yuma 
County for an agricultural irrigation district.  For 
information about these rural planning areas, 
contact Coconino County Community 
Development at (928) 226-2700 and the Yuma 
County Development Services Department at 
(928) 329-2300.  The organization of rural 
planning areas may continue to evolve as more 
areas opt to form them. 
 
The State Statutes also allow cities, towns, and 
counties that share multi-jurisdictional areas and 
have a combined population of between 50,000 
and 100,000 persons to form rural planning 
zones to develop coordinated and comprehensive 
regional plans. This is possible if the county has a 
population of less than 400,000.  
 
 
7.3 SPECIFIC ZONING PLANS 
All counties with a population of less than one 
million are authorized by A.R.S. § 11-825 to have 
“specific zoning plans.”  Don’t confuse them with 
municipal specific plans, as they are quite 
different.  Specific zoning plans are essentially a 
way of reviewing and approving a fairly detailed 
development plan for large projects.  Although no 
minimum or maximum parcel sizes are stipulated, 
the terms of the law imply a sizeable project.  The 
plan “shall include text and maps of a land use 
plan and specific zoning, sign, street, and other 
regulations for [the] implementation of the 
county master plans.”  
 
A.R.S. § 11-825(C) requires that a 
specific zoning plan shall include text, 
maps, and illustrations specifying all of 
the following:

CHAPTER 7 
THE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 
 
78
78
 
The distribution, location and extent of 
land uses, including open space 
The distribution, location, extent and 
intensity of [the] major components of 
public and private transportation, 
sewage and sold waste disposal, 
drainage and other facilities necessary 
Standards by which development shall 
proceed and, if applicable, 
requirements for [the] conservation, 
development and utilization of natural 
resources 
A statement of whether the specific 
zoning plan is consistent with the 
comprehensive plan 
Any other matters necessary or 
desirable 
Information on zoning and subdivision 
regulations as they apply to counties are 
discussed in Chapters 8 and 9. 
9
9
9
9
9

&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
8
ZONING

79
CHAPTER 8 
ZONING
79
 
 
 
 
 
A zoning ordinance allows a local government to regulate the height, size, 
and location and density of buildings, and the uses to which buildings and 
land may be put.  Several key legal decisions (notably Hadacheck v. 
Sebastian 27, and Euclid v. Amber Realty Co 28.) upheld the legality of 
separating buildings and land uses, thereby validating zoning practices 
early in the century.  
                                                 
27 239 U.S. 394 in 1915 
28 272 U.S. 365 in 1926

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
80
80
8.1 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES 
OF ZONING 
Zoning is intended to promote the health, safety, 
and general welfare of the community. Often this 
is achieved by grouping compatible land uses 
together in districts and separating or buffering 
incompatible uses. Historically, zoning was 
initiated largely to buffer nuisances related to 
some uses from other uses, such as industrial 
processes from residential uses.   Zoning 
ordinances today may address numerous 
purposes, including: 
 
 Conserving the value of neighborhoods 
 Stabilizing neighborhoods 
 Assuring orderly growth 
 Managing densities 
 Moving traffic efficiently and safely 
 Protecting cultural, historical, natural, or 
environmentally sensitive areas 
 Controlling aesthetics 
 Preserving the community health, 
safety, or other values through the 
establishment of special zones and 
regulatory development standards 
Overall, zoning seeks to preserve the planned 
character of a neighborhood by excluding uses 
and structures inappropriate to the area and 
eliminating non-conforming uses. Zoning 
ordinances also regulate development in 
accordance with safety considerations.  
 
 
 
 
 Provide economic opportunity or 
advantage to one parcel of property 
without extending that opportunity to 
all property similarly situated 
 Artificially increase the value of land 
 Make housing more expensive in some 
districts than in others through the use 
of unreasonable and restrictive 
development standards 
 Promote economic or racial segregation 
through exclusionary practices. 
The objectives of zoning legislation are to 
establish regulations, provide for all essential uses 
of land and buildings, and to ensure that each use 
is in an appropriate place.  While zoning helps to 
reduce blight, zoning should not be thought of 
solely as a means of nuisance avoidance.  
Legitimate business operations, which may be 
undesirable in one location, may be appropriate 
land uses in another area. 
 
There have been critics of traditional zoning 
practices that separate land uses. Arguments 
against the strict separation of uses include 
increased traffic congestion, as people must 
commute to different areas, lack of pedestrian 
opportunities, and loss of character in 
neighborhoods and commercial or downtown 
areas that have become more homogeneous. In 
response, some communities are incorporating 
mixed-use zoning and overlay districts to address 
the negative effects of separated uses and to 
achieve other community goals.

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
81
81
8.2 RELATIONSHIP TO THE 
GENERAL OR 
COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 
Section 3 of the Standard Zoning Enabling Act of 
1922 provides that a zoning ordinance be 
prepared “in accordance with a general [or 
comprehensive] plan.”  In general, the plan 
provides policy guidance and the zoning 
ordinance is a legally binding tool to implement 
the plan. Preparing a plan concurrently with, or 
prior to, the adoption of a zoning ordinance is 
not only good planning practice, but also is the 
best legal defense of a zoning ordinance. 
 
The courts usually will not question the policies 
and programs contained in a general or 
comprehensive plan or an ordinance based on 
such a plan unless the particular zoning provision 
is clearly arbitrary or exceeds the police powers.  
If a community fails to adopt a plan, the courts 
are less likely to uphold a legally challenged 
zoning provision since there is no explicit policy 
to guide it. 
 
In Arizona, statutes require the following for 
municipalities: 
 
 All zoning and rezoning ordinances or 
regulations adopted under this article 
shall be consistent with and conform to 
the adopted general plan of the 
municipality, if any, as adopted under 
article 6 of this chapter. In the case of 
uncertainty in construing or applying the 
conformity of any part of a proposed 
rezoning ordinance to the adopted 
general plan of the municipality, the 
ordinance shall be construed in a manner 
that will further the implementation of, 
and not be contrary to, the goals, policies 
and applicable elements of the general 
plan. A rezoning ordinance conforms 
with the land use element of the general 
plan if it proposes land uses, densities or 
intensities within the range of identified 
uses, densities and intensities of the land 
use element of the general plan 29.  
The county enabling legislation is more 
ambiguous.  A.R.S. § 11-821(A) requires the 
commission to formulate and adopt a 
comprehensive plan for the development of the 
county and says that the plan: “shall show the 
commission’s recommendations for the 
development of the area of jurisdiction together 
with the general zoning regulations.”  Section 11-
821(B) says that: “The county plan shall provide 
for zoning, and shall show the zoning districts 
designated as appropriate for various classes of … 
uses … ”.  Section 11-824 states that: “upon 
adoption [by the board of supervisors] the plan 
… shall be the official guide for the development 
of the area of jurisdiction.”  
 
All this clearly implies that zoning should be 
consistent with the county plan. 
 
One of the most frequently quoted judicial 
statements on this topic is from an opinion of the 
New York Court of Appeals: 
 
 
 
The [general or] comprehensive 
plan is the essence of zoning.  Without it 
there can be no rational allocation of land 
uses.  It is the insurance that the public 
welfare is being served and that zoning 
does not become anything more than just 
a Gallup Poll. 
 
To be valid, zoning regulations (including 
rezoning or map amendments) must be adopted 
in conformance with the notice and hearing 
requirements prescribed by statute and the 
jurisdiction’s zoning ordinance (see Sections 4.1 
                                                 
29 (A.R.S. § 9-462-01(F)). 
“
”

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
82
82
on the Open Meeting Law and 4.2.2 on notice for 
zoning hearings). 
 
 
8.3 LEGAL AUTHORITY TO ZONE 
8.3.1 Municipal Zoning Authority 
 
Cities, town, and counties depend on authority 
granted to them by their state for their powers.  
A.R.S. § 9-462.01 authorizes zoning regulations 
to conserve and promote the public health, safety 
and general welfare as follows: 
 
 Regulate the use of buildings, structures, 
and land as between agriculture, 
residence, industry, business, and other 
purposes. 
 Regulate signs and billboards. 
 Regulate location, height, bulk, number 
of stories and size of buildings and 
structures, the size and use of lots, 
yards, courts and other open spaces, the 
percentage of a lot that may be 
occupied by a building or structure, and 
the intensity of land use. 
 Establish requirements for off-street 
parking and loading. 
 Establish and maintain building setback 
lines. 
 Create civic districts around civic centers, 
public parks, public buildings or public 
grounds and establish regulations 
therefore. 
 Require, as a condition of rezoning, 
public dedication of rights-of-way as 
streets, alleys, public ways, drainage, 
and public utilities as are reasonably 
required by or related to the effect of 
the rezoning. 
 Establish floodplain zoning districts and 
regulations to protect life and property 
from the hazards of periodic inundation.  
Regulations may include variable lot 
sizes, special grading or drainage 
requirements, or other requirements 
deemed necessary for the public health, 
safety or general welfare. 
 Establish special zoning districts or 
regulations for certain lands 
characterized by adverse topography, 
adverse soils, subsidence of the earth, 
high water table, lack of water or other 
natural or man-made hazards to life or 
property.  Regulations may include 
variable lot sizes, special grading or 
drainage requirements, or other 
requirements deemed necessary for the 
public health, safety or general welfare. 
 Establish districts of historical 
significance. 
 Establish age specific community zoning 
districts in which residency is restricted 
to a head of a household or spouse who 
must be of a specific age or older and in 
which minors are prohibited from living 
in the home.  Age specific community 
zoning districts shall not be overlaid on 
property without the permission of all 
owners of property included as part of 
the district unless all property in the 
district has been developed, advertised, 
sold or rented under specific age 
restrictions. The establishment of age 
specific zoning districts is subject to all 
the public notice requirements and 
other procedures prescribed by this 
article. [See the Federal Fair Housing 
Amendments Act of 1988.] 
 Establish procedures, methods, and 
standards for the transfer of 
development rights (see Section 3.2.1 
on transfer and purchase of 
development rights). 
 
To achieve these goals, the statutes allow the 
legislative body to divide a municipality, or 
portion thereof, into zones of the number, shape

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
83
83
and area it deems best suited to carry out the 
purpose of the statutes. In addition, the law 
indicates that zoning regulations shall be uniform 
for each class or kind of building or use of land 
throughout each zone. The regulations in one 
type of zone may differ from those in other types 
of zones as follows: 
 
 Within individual zones, there may be 
uses permitted on a conditional basis 
wherein additional requirements must 
be met, including requiring site plan 
review and approval by the planning 
agency.  Such conditional uses are 
generally characterized by: 
ƒ Infrequency of use 
ƒ High degree of traffic 
generation 
ƒ Requirement of large land 
area. 
 Within residential zones, the regulations 
may permit modifications to minimum 
yard lot area and height requirements. 
 
To carry out the purpose of the statutory 
provisions, the legislative body may adopt 
overlay zoning districts and regulations applicable 
to particular buildings structures, and land within 
individual zones.  An overlay zoning district 
means a special zoning district that includes 
regulations that modify regulations in another 
zoning district with which the overlay zoning 
district is combined.  Overlay zoning districts and 
regulations must be adopted pursuant to rezoning 
hearing requirements (see Section 4.2.2). 
 
The statutes also allow the legislative body to 
approve a change of zone conditioned upon a 
schedule for development of the specific use or 
uses for which rezoning is requested.  If at the 
expiration of this period the property has not 
been improved for the use for which it was 
conditionally approved, the legislative body, after 
notification by certified mail to the owner and 
applicant who requested the rezoning, shall 
schedule a public hearing to take administrative 
action to extend, remove or determine 
compliance with the schedule for development or 
take legislative action to cause the property to 
revert to its former zoning classification.  
 
 
8.3.2 County Zoning Authority 
 
County authority to zone unincorporated areas is 
contained in the general delegation of planning 
authority received from the State Legislature.  The 
statute provides that the comprehensive plan 
shall provide zoning.  However, the provisions for 
zoning are not extensive.  County zoning 
authority is found in A.R.S. § 11-821(B), which 
states that the county plan: 
 
 
Shall provide for zoning, shall show the 
zoning districts designated as appropriate 
for various classes of residential, business 
and industrial uses and shall provide for 
the establishment of setback lines and 
other plans providing for adequate light, 
air 
and 
parking 
facilities 
and 
for 
expediting traffic within the districts. 
May establish the percentage of a lot or 
parcel that may be covered by buildings, 
and the size of yards, courts and other 
open spaces. 
Shall consider access to incident solar 
energy. 
May provide for retirement community 
zoning districts. 
 
The scope of the zoning powers under these 
provisions is somewhat imprecise, although 
zoning may be used to obtain all of the objectives 
outlined in the comprehensive plan.  However, 
special provisions protect certain activities.  For 
example, a county must establish districts where 
such uses as canneries, fertilizer plants, refineries,

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
84
84
feedlots, packing plants, and tallow works may be 
located.30  In addition, a county cannot regulate 
or restrict the use of land for railroad, mining, 
grazing or agricultural purposes if the tract 
involved is five or more contiguous commercial 
acres [A.R.S. § 11-830(A)(2)]. 
 
As in the statutes governing municipal zoning 
authority, the county enabling legislation 
expressly exempts existing uses from regulation.  
The statute not only establishes the right to 
continued uses, repair and alteration of 
nonconforming property, but also provides that a 
nonconforming business may expand up to 100 
percent of the area of the original business [A.R.S. 
§ 11-830(B)].  The county may enforce its zoning 
ordinance by withholding building permits 
[A.R.S. § 11-808(A)].  Additionally, county 
officials and neighboring property owners who 
are “especially damaged” may bring an action to 
enjoin, prevent, or remove structures or uses that 
violate the ordinance [A.R.S. § 11-808(H)]. 
 
 
8.3.3 Adopting Zoning Ordinances 
 
Procedures for adopting and amending county 
zoning parallel those for adopting municipal 
ordinances [A.R.S. § 11-829].  The zoning 
ordinance is adopted by the governing body, 
subject to prior review and recommendation by 
the planning and zoning commission.  Before 
taking action, both the commission and the board 
or council are required to hold public hearings 
and comply with any other procedures required 
by the adopted citizen review process.  
 
 
8.4 LEGAL ISSUES 
Historically, local governments have had 
considerable flexibility in establishing zoning 
                                                 
30 For example, the planning provision refers to parks and 
wildlife areas, but there is no indication that zoning may be 
used for these purposes or that the county may reserve land 
for such purposes. 
classifications.  The legal test is a vague one:  only 
if the zoning classification appears to be arbitrary 
and unreasonable and without any substantial 
relation to the public health, safety, and general 
welfare will the regulation be declared 
unconstitutional.31  Moreover, in determining 
reasonableness, the courts have deferred to local 
judgment because they have viewed zoning 
classification as a legislative rather than a judicial 
matter.32  Even though the regulation diminishes 
the value of the property, the zoning will be 
sustained if the property “can be reasonably used 
for the purpose for which it is zoned…”  
“Reasonable use” has been interpreted to mean a 
use that is economically viable. [See Ranch 57 v. 
City of Yuma, 152 Ariz. 218, 731 P.2d 113 (App. 
1986)]. 
 
Successful challenges to local zoning have been 
infrequent in Arizona because of these broad 
tests.  The lack of successful challenges does not 
indicate, however, that the courts will uphold all 
local zoning.  However, if the ordinance 
discriminates against a particular property owner 
or if it is especially tailored to regulate a 
particular piece of property, the ordinance may 
be struck down as “spot zoning.”33 
 
In resolving questions of discrimination or spot 
zoning, the courts have been assisted by the 
existence of an overall, comprehensive land use 
plan.  Where zoning conforms to a reasonable 
plan, the zoning will likely be upheld since the 
plan provides a rational basis for making 
classifications.  Prior to 1973, Arizona enabling 
legislation did not require that zoning regulations 
conform to a general plan. 
 
Many communities face the problem of 
nonconformance: when structures and uses 
                                                 
31 City of Tucson v. Arizona Mortuary, 34 Ariz. 495, 272 
P.923 (1928). 
32 See, e.g., City of Phoenix v. Fehlner, 90 Ariz. 13, 363 P.2d 
607 (1965). 
33 See Klensin v. City of Tucson, 10 Ariz. App. 399, 459 P.2d 
316 (1969) and City of Phoenix v. Felner, 90 Ariz. 13, 363 
P.2d 607 (1961).

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
85
85
conflict with current regulations, but were legally 
established before the regulations became 
effective.  In Arizona, the typical case involves 
existing uses previously outside the boundaries of 
a regulating municipality and subsequently 
annexed. 
 
The Arizona Statutes provides that zoning 
regulations shall not “affect existing property or 
[the] right to its continued use for the purpose 
used at the time…regulation takes effect, [or] to 
any reasonable repairs or alternation…” [A.R.S. § 
9-462.02].  But until the property is put to some 
lawful use, there is no right to a continuation of 
the former zoning or to the absence of zoning.34  
A property owner can acquire a “vested right” to 
develop his or her property based upon the 
expenditure of substantial amounts of money in 
good faith reliance on a building permit or a 
conditional use permit.35  The current Arizona 
zoning enabling act prohibits the elimination of 
nonconforming uses by amortization and protects 
existing uses, reasonable repairs or alterations 
made to them. 
 
In the case of annexation, a municipality may 
enact an ordinance authorizing county zoning to 
continue in effect for up to six months, until 
municipal zoning is applied to the land previously 
zoned by the county, and annexed by the 
municipality.  However, the municipality 
annexing an area must initially adopt zoning 
classifications which permit densities and uses no 
greater than those permitted by the county 
immediately before annexation and which can be 
changed later [A.R.S. § 9-471(L)]. 
 
Once zoning regulations are established, only two 
methods exist for making changes to them: 
 
1. Amendment of the zoning ordinance or 
rezoning 
                                                 
34 See City of Tucson v. Arizona Mortuary, 34 Ariz. 495, 272 
P.923 (1928). 
35 See Town of Paradise Valley v. Gulf Leisure Corp. 557 P.2d 
532 (1976). 
2. Granting of a variance 
 
Amendments   In 1988, the Arizona Legislature 
amended sections 9-462.04 and 11-829 of the 
Arizona Revised Statutes to require more stringent 
public notice provisions of municipalities and 
counties.  The legal notice requirements should 
be consulted when advertising applications for 
amendment to the municipal or county zoning 
code. (See Chapters 3 and 4 for discussions on 
public notice and Open Meeting Law 
requirements). 
 
A zoning amendment is subject to the same 
procedural limitations as the original ordinance.  
Unfortunately, no reported cases in Arizona 
indicate when a rezoning might be appropriate.  
Some jurisdictions elsewhere in the country 
require the showing of substantial change in 
circumstances before a rezoning is granted but 
this question of “change in circumstance” or the 
“Maryland rule” has been specifically rejected in 
Arizona. (See Dye v. City of Phoenix, 542 P.2d 31 
[1975]). 
 
Variances   In Arizona, variances from the terms 
of the zoning ordinance are heard and granted by 
a board of adjustment.  Variances are to be 
granted only if special circumstances exist relative 
to the property’s size, shape, topography, 
location or if the strict application of the zoning 
ordinance would deprive the property owner of 
privileges enjoyed by other property of the same 
classification in the same zoning district. 
 
Statutes require that any variance granted is 
subject to such conditions as will ensure that the 
adjustment authorized shall not constitute a grant 
of special privileges inconsistent with the 
limitations upon other properties in the vicinity 
and zone in which such property is located.  
Variances may be granted when the property 
owner demonstrates that the application of the 
zoning ordinance to the property will create a 
special property hardship.  Both Arizona case law 
(Nicola v. Board of Adjustment, 101 P.2d 199 
[1940]), and the present statute, A.R.S. § 9-

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
86
86
462.06(H)(1), prohibit the granting of “use 
variances” because they are, in effect, rezonings.  
(See Chapter 5 for a discussion on the role and 
responsibility of the board of adjustment). 
 
The book, Arizona Land Use Law, concludes that 
the statutory and case law in Arizona have 
established these standards: 
 
A variance may be granted only 
where there are special 
circumstances applicable to the 
property. 
Any hardship that would justify the 
granting of a variance must relate to 
the use of the land as opposed to 
the owner.  A personal hardship 
does not justify a variance. 
A hardship which as been … 
intentionally created does not justify 
a variance. 
Need for an “adequate financial 
return” is not a legitimate basis for a 
variance. 
 
For cities and towns, these standards are either in 
the statutes or have been established by judicial 
interpretations.  The county enabling laws are not 
as detailed and there is little or no case law in 
Arizona to amplify them.  But, the four standards 
listed above have been solidly established across 
the country and it is likely that the actions of 
county boards of adjustment would be subject to 
them if taken to court.  Requests for variances 
that do not meet all these standards should be 
denied. 
 
8.5 PREPARING THE ZONING 
ORDINANCE 
The zoning ordinance should designate the zoning 
districts to be established and enumerate the 
particular regulations within each one.  The 
ordinance should require that zoning boundaries 
be delineated on an official zoning map and that 
no building or structure shall be erected, altered, 
or used for a purpose other than that permitted 
in the zone as indicated on the map.  Since the 
application of zoning is prospective rather than 
reactive, policies addressing the adjudication of 
nonconforming uses should be included in the 
ordinance. 
 
How many districts should the zoning ordinance 
include?  This is a question often asked, but to 
which there is no fixed answer.  The number may 
range from two districts to forty, depending on 
the size and complexity of the jurisdiction.  
Enough districts should be established to 
adequately serve the community’s development 
goals, and no district should be established for 
trivial reasons.  The traditional basic categories of 
districts are residential, commercial, and 
industrial. 
 
Zoning ordinances should specify clearly the 
functions of those individuals and agencies 
responsible for carrying out policy.  For example, 
the role of the planning commission in the 
development of the ordinance and amendments 
should be distinguished from the functions of the 
board of adjustment in grating variances and 
hearing administrative appeals. 
 
Zoning deals with both what exists and, when 
applied to vacant land or land to be redeveloped, 
with desired future uses of land.  Since the zoning 
ordinance implements a general or 
comprehensive plan, development policies 
established in the plan must be examined to 
ensure that the zoning ordinance will incorporate 
community land use goals.  The following studies 
and information should be used along with the 
1 
2 
3 
4

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
87
87
general or comprehensive plan to prepare the 
zoning ordinance: 
 
 Existing land use maps 
 Soil and topography maps 
 Floodplain maps 
 Studies identifying geological hazards 
 Population studies 
 Economic base studies 
 Housing inventories and construction 
projections 
 Studies of the capacities of public 
facilities and utilities 
 Assessed valuation of properties 
 Location and characteristics of vacant 
land 
 Size of lots, width of front lot lines, and 
the dimensions of existing front, side, 
and rear yards for residential 
developments. 
 
Use the knowledge and skills of planners and 
zoning enforcement officials as much as you can 
when drafting the zoning ordinance.  The 
ordinances should be drafted under the direction 
of the planning commission and legislative body.  
Before sending the draft ordinance to the 
commission for their review and 
recommendation, your attorney should review 
the document with special attention to the 
enabling statutes and legal form. 
 
If the attorney approves the ordinance, it should 
be given to the planning commission with a letter 
so stating for their review and public hearing.  
The ordinance is then sent on with the 
commission’s recommendations to the council or 
the board of supervisors for their public hearing 
and action. 
 
Describing and Locating the Districts   Great 
care should be taken in describing the boundaries 
of zoning districts on the official zoning map.  
Generally, district boundaries follow property 
lines, centerlines of streets, the perimeter of large 
bodies of water, railroad rights-of-way, or other 
clearly definable physical features.  Ideally, the 
pattern of land use created by the districts should 
provide buffers to mitigate potential adverse 
impacts.  In order to separate zones generating 
undesirable impacts such as noise, glare, odor, 
etc. natural buffers such as parks, lakes, rivers, 
cemeteries, educational institutions, government 
buildings and churches may be used as 
transitional areas. 
 
The inclusion of statements of intent for the 
zoning ordinance as a prelude to each zoning 
district provides explanations of the purpose and 
function of districts, the reason for their 
establishment, and their characteristics.  
Statements of intent relate regulations to 
defensible public purposes, i.e. reducing traffic 
congestion and noise, limiting density, protecting 
the public health and safety, providing open 
space, and conserving property values.  They also 
serve as a guide to the courts, elected officials, 
planning commissions, boards of adjustment, and 
developers. 
 
Zoning Overlays   Zoning ordinances usually 
establish sub classifications for agriculture, 
residential, commercial, office, industrial, open 
space, and other districts.  Zones may be 
cumulative or exclusive as to the number of 
permissible uses, and include conditional, 
accessory (incidental to the primary permitted 
use), or special uses requiring additional 
restrictions or performance standards.  Overlay 
regulations restrict particular uses to special areas 
with boundaries different from those in regular 
zoning districts.  Overlay zones may be 
superimposed on districts to establish additional 
regulations, or to reduce or extend existing uses.  
One example is a historic overlay district, which 
may be superimposed over portions of a 
residential and neighborhood commercial area to 
preserve the character of the area.  Revised in

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
88
88
1992, A.R.S. § 462.01(D), clearly gives 
municipalities the authority to use overlay zones. 
 
 
8.6 ZONING ADMINISTRATION 
AND UPDATES 
How fair is the zoning process?  Zoning is a 
unique administrative process allowing applicants 
the opportunity to petition for relief or to request 
amendments to the zoning ordinance.  Within the 
broad limits established in the Arizona enabling 
acts, each municipality or county fashions its own 
standards.  Decisions are made (or influenced by) 
many sources including the planning commission, 
the board of adjustment, the city council or board 
of supervisors, the planning staff, developers, and 
the public. 
 
Historically, the responsibility for considering 
requests for changes in zoning regulations was 
divided among three groups: 
 
 
Elected Body 
Planning Commission 
Board of Adjustment 
City Council/Board of Supervisors   The city 
council or board of supervisors are the elected 
bodies responsible for adopting amendments to 
the zoning ordinance or approving changes to the 
official zoning map. 
 
Planning Commission   Generally, the planning 
commission holds the required public hearings on 
text amendments and rezoning of land, and 
makes a recommendation to the legislative body.  
The legislative body is not obliged to follow the 
planning commission’s recommendations. 
 
Board of Adjustment   The board of 
adjustment has two basic functions: to grant 
variances from the zoning regulations in cases of 
hardship, and to hear appeals from 
interpretations of the ordinance in cases where 
application for a permit has been denied.  The 
board may also hear and decide requests for 
conditional use permits. 
 
Zoning Administrator   According to State 
Statutes, a city or town council shall establish by 
ordinance the office of zoning administrator to 
enforce the zoning ordinance.  The municipal 
zoning administrator may process building 
permits, serve as staff to the board of adjustment, 
and publish and post the required notices.  The 
county zoning inspector position is established to 
enforce the code. [A.R.S. § 11-808] 
 
Hearing Officer   According to A.R.S. § 9-
462.08, city councils may establish the position 
of hearing officer, and may delegate to that 
position the authority to conduct hearings and 
make findings as required by A.R.S. § 9-462.04.  
Hearing officers shall be appointed on the basis 
of training and experience, which qualify them to 
hear cases, conduct public meetings, and make 
decisions. 
 
Neighborhood Zoning Authority   Over the 
past decades, neighborhood action groups have 
grown in stature and influence.  The 
establishment of a neighborhood group often 
begins with a zoning dispute.  Changes to the 
statutes in 1998 added the requirement for 
municipalities to adopt ordinances that clearly 
define local processes for citizen involvement.  
 
A.R.S. § 9-462.03 requires that the governing 
body of the municipality shall adopt, by 
ordinance, a citizen review process that applies to 
all rezoning and specific plan applications that 
require a public hearing.  At a minimum, the 
ordinance must include procedures that will be 
used to achieve the following:

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
89
89
Notify adjacent landowners and other 
potentially affected citizens of the 
application  
Inform adjacent landowners and other 
potentially affected citizens of the 
substance of the proposed rezoning. 
Provide an opportunity for adjacent 
landowners and other potential to 
express any issues or concerns that they 
may have with are opposed rezoning 
before the public hearing. 
 
 
Changes to Zoning 
 
Possible changes to the zoning ordinance include 
text amendments, rezonings (changes in the 
zoning district boundaries), variances, and 
conditional uses, all of which are discussed 
below. 
 
Text Amendments   These are changes in the 
provisions of the ordinance itself.  There are 
many reasons for such amendments being 
proposed.  Some of them are: changes in case law 
or statutory law, the need to deal with new land 
uses or types of development, problems in 
administering or enforcing some parts of the 
current ordinance, and the wishes or special 
interests of developers or other citizens.  No text 
amendment should be approved unless the 
commission and legislative body are convinced 
that it is in the best interest of the municipality or 
county as a whole. 
 
Variances   The creators of traditional zoning 
were concerned about the difficulty of developing 
general rules for land uses and recognized the 
need for a mechanism to allow deviation in 
particular cases.  A variance is a permit to vary 
from the terms of the zoning ordinance because 
the property has unusual characteristics and 
cannot be developed in a productive way if 
zoning regulations are strictly applied.  Variances 
are a way of providing relief in hardship cases.  
(See the discussion under “Legal Issues” earlier in 
this chapter). 
 
Conditional Use Permits   A conditional use 
permit is a discretionary permit for a particular 
use that is not automatically allowed within the 
zoning district.  The purpose of the use permit is 
to allow specific land uses that may be acceptable 
but because of their nature and impact (i.e., 
noise, traffic) are not suitable for every location 
within a zone.  The conditional use permit 
protects neighborhoods and prevents negative 
impacts on the community as a whole.  
Requirements of street dedication and 
improvement, landscaping and screening walls, 
special architectural features, and restrictions on 
hours of operation are common.  Schools, 
churches, group homes, utility stations, and 
daycare centers are examples of conditional uses.  
It is common for some uses to be permitted in 
some zones but to need a use permit in other 
zones. 
 
Conditional Zoning   Conditional zoning occurs 
when an applicant receives a rezoning for a 
specific use from among the uses permitted in the 
district.  However, as there may be many other 
permitted uses in that district, the community has 
no assurance of the proposed project occurring.  
A similar situation occurs when applicants state 
that they will provide specific amenities on the 
site upon rezoning.  Administrative difficulties 
may arise unless the zoning map identifies special 
restrictions or requirements placed on the parcel 
as a condition of rezoning.  The developer’s 
“contract” may be unenforceable unless 
stipulated by ordinance or by a development 
agreement (development agreements between 
developers and municipalities were authorized by 
the Arizona Legislature in 1988 [A.R.S. § 9-
500.05] and are discussed in Chapter 3). 
 
Arizona’s municipal zoning statute authorizes the 
granting of a rezoning subject to the fulfillment of 
specific conditions.  The conditions authorized are 
as follows: 
 
9
9
9

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
90
90
 Dedication of rights-of-way related to 
the effects of the rezoning 
 Site plan or use permit approval 
 Approval subject to a schedule of 
development of the requested use 
 
Nonconforming Uses   The early proponents of 
zoning were troubled by one inevitable 
consequence of adopting zoning in a substantially 
developed community: What happens to 
nonconforming but pre-existing uses?  
Municipalities in Arizona are allowed by statute 
to “acquire by purchase or condemnation private 
property for the removal of nonconforming uses 
and structures." 
 
However, as stated previously in this chapter, the 
municipality cannot: “affect existing property or 
the right to its continued use of the purpose used 
at the time the [zoning] ordinance or regulation 
takes effect, nor to any reasonable repairs or 
alterations in buildings or property used for such 
existing purpose.” [A.R.S. § 9-462.02] 
 
Allowing the continuance of nonconforming uses 
as “grandfathered” uses is an option.  However, 
expansion of the use or an increase in its intensity 
might harm the neighborhood that the ordinance 
was designed to protect.  A compromise allows 
nonconforming uses to remain but provides 
restrictions on expansion, prohibits change to 
another nonconforming use and, upon 
abandonment, prevents their re-opening, 
reconstruction or re-use except in a manner and 
for a purpose permitted in the district in which 
they were located.  The theory was that the 
nonconforming use, with all the restrictions 
placed on it, would eventually disappear.  There 
is little data to demonstrate that this approach 
has been effective in solving the nonconforming 
use problem. 
 
A.R.S. § 11-830 limits the power of counties to 
regulate nonconforming uses. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AND FURTHER MORE… 
 
 
A nonconforming business use 
within a district may expand if 
such expansion does not exceed 
one hundred percent of the area 
of the original business. 
 
 
A district containing more nonconforming than 
allowable uses may create a legal quandary.  If, 
for example, 50 percent of the dwellings in a 
single-family residential district are duplexes, a 
property owner wishing to convert their house 
into a duplex may successfully challenge the 
single-family classification.  Any time an 
amendment is made to the zoning ordinance 
involving a substantial revision and delineation of 
new district boundaries, nonconforming uses may 
be created.  Substantial pressures will be exerted 
on the city council and board of supervisors to 
leave the official zoning map intact and legal 
challenges may follow. 
 
1.
Affect existing uses of property 
or the right to its continued use 
or the reasonable repair or 
alteration thereof…. 
 
2. Prevent, restrict or otherwise 
regulate the use or occupation 
of land or improvements for 
railroad, mining, metallurgical, 
grazing or general agricultural 
purposes, if the tract concerned 
is of five or more contiguous 
acres. 
They CANNOT…
“
”

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
91
91
The failure of nonconforming uses to disappear 
has led communities in other states to take action 
requiring, by ordinance, the gradual amortization 
of nonconforming uses without compensation to 
the property owner.  Amortization in a zoning 
context describes a procedure by which the 
discontinuance of certain nonconforming uses, 
usually nuisance uses or signs, is required within a 
specified time period.  The amount of time 
allotted is often tied to the value of the 
nonconforming use. 
 
For example, all nonconforming signs in a 
jurisdiction must be removed in two or three 
years, all nonconforming junk yards or gas 
stations must be dismantled in four or five years.  
If the nonconforming use is located in an 
otherwise conforming building the time span may 
be short.  Arizona law does not authorize 
communities to amortize nonconforming uses.  In 
the case, Scottsdale v. Scottsdale Associated 
Merchants,36 the Arizona Supreme Court held that 
the City’s powers to regulate signs derived from 
the states’ zoning enabling law, and the only 
method available to discontinue signs, even for 
charter cities, was payment. 
 
Down-zoning   “Down-zoning” may be defined 
as a change in a zoning classification that results 
in a real or perceived reduction in the value of 
the property.  It is used by municipalities to 
correct inappropriate zoning of tracts of vacant 
land.  There is no vested right in the continued 
enjoyment of a zoning classification unless the 
developer has made a start in substantial site 
improvements or other construction after 
receiving a building permit.  (A vested right is a 
right given to an individual that cannot be 
changed or withdrawn).  
 
 
                                                 
36 [583 P.2d 891 (1978)] 
 
Hints for Better Zoning 
The following is basic information that will help a 
city, town, or county administrator in its zoning 
regulations. 
 
Periodically Review and Update the Zoning 
Ordinance   For example, many communities 
have commercial zone requirements that were 
designed for the old downtown or strip 
commercial developments.  When mixed use 
project (offices, stores, and residences integrated 
on one large site) and regional shopping malls 
arrived, local ordinances were entirely inadequate 
for handling the parking, design, sign control, 
height, and land use problems presented.  The 
same situation occurred in many jurisdictions with 
the boom in mobile home parks and 
condominium conversions.  As the traditional 
family structure changes and our population ages, 
the community evolves and development 
regulations must adapt to social change as well.  
Group living arrangements, amenities for the 
disabled, daycare facilities, and ancillary housing 
are becoming important features of urban design. 
 
Control Negative Land Use Impacts with 
Buffer Zones Between Residential Districts 
and Other Uses   A buffer zone allows for 
“transitional” uses such as professional offices, 
churches, and mortuaries which are more 
compatible with residential areas because of 
minimal noise, odor, light, or traffic impacts.  
Building standards: heights, bulk, design, and 
screening within buffer zones should be 
compatible with the neighborhood.  Some 
communities are moving towards “performance” 
zoning, evaluating the impacts of the use on 
surrounding property, in addition to considering 
the uses identified as compatible in that zone 
classification. 
 
Increase Hillside Lot Sizes   As development 
creeps onto hillsides, minimum lot sizes should be 
increased on a scale proportional to the steepness 
of the slope.  Building coverage of the lot and 
height should be carefully controlled to minimize

CHAPTER 8 
ZONING 
 
92
92
disruption of natural features and to mitigate 
adverse visual impacts. 
 
Control the Use of Signs   The purpose of a 
sign code is to: 
 
 Preserve the public safety 
 Promote the effectiveness of signs by 
preventing their concentration, 
improper placement, and excessive size 
 Enhance the flow of traffic and protect 
travelers from injury as a result of 
distraction or obstruction of signs 
 Encourage the development of private 
property in harmony with the character 
of the community 
 Improve the appearance of the 
community 
 
Hearing Officers   A.R.S. § 9-462.08 allows 
municipalities to establish a zoning hearing officer 
who can hold the first public hearings on any 
zoning ordinance and make a recommendation to 
the city or town council.  A hearing officer can 
relieve the planning commission of much of the 
burden of public hearings so that they could 
devote more time to planning and policy matters. 
 
Establish Design or Architectural Review 
Boards   One purpose of development control is 
the protection and improvement of community 
appearance and amenities.  Architectural and site 
plan review may consume a great deal of the 
commission’s time and in many cases the 
commission cannot provide the necessary 
guidance to the applicant so the project can be 
improved.  A design review board comprised of 
professionals can review development projects 
and provide the applicant with direction.  A well-
rounded board should include an architect, 
landscape architect, building contractor, and 
attorney, planner – or any combination of these.  
This is particularly important in communities 
where the professional staff has no design 
training or where there is no professional staff. 
 
27 239 U.S. 394 in 1915 
28272 U.S. 365 in 1926  
29 [A.R.S. § 9-462-01(F)]. 
30 For example, the planning provision refers to 
parks and wildlife areas, but there is no indication 
that zoning may be used for these purposes or 
that the county may reserve land for such 
purposes. 
31 City of Tucson v. Arizona Mortuary, 34 Ariz. 495, 272 
P.923 (1928). 
32 See, e.g., City of Phoenix v. Fehlner, 90 Ariz. 13, 363 P.2d 
607 (1965). 
33 See Klensin v. City of Tucson, 10 Ariz. App. 399, 459 P.2d 
316 (1969) and City of Phoenix v. Felner, 90 Ariz. 13, 363 
P.2d 607 (1961).  
34 See City of Tucson v. Arizona Mortuary, 34 Ariz. 495, 272 
P.923 (1928). 
35 See Town of Paradise Valley v. Gulf Leisure Corp. 557 P.2d 
532 (1976). 
36 [583 P.2d 891 (1978)]

&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
9
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS
SITE PLAN REVIEW
&

93
CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS
& SITE PLAN REVIEW
93
 
 
 
 
 
The act of splitting a tract of land into separate parcels is considered land 
subdivision.  Most often, subdividing is done to promote development.  
Subdivision regulations seek to ensure that subdivisions are appropriately 
related to their surroundings. 
 
In Arizona, subdivisions are treated differently within municipalities than 
they are in unincorporated areas of the county.  For example, the real 
estate and county planning and zoning statutes are so interrelated that 
they must be construed together.  According to real estate statute A.R.S. § 
32-2101, “subdivision” or “subdivided lands” means improved or 
unimproved land, divided or proposed to be divided for the purpose of 
sale, lease, or for cemetery purposes, into six or more lots or fractional 
interests.  This excludes the division of land into parcels of thirty-six or 
more in area. 
 
Generally, cities and towns have greater authority and can regulate minor 
lot splits, a power that is not allowed in counties.  Differences between 
municipal and county legal authority, and procedures governing the 
subdivision of land, are discussed below.

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
94
94
9.1 MUNICIPAL AUTHORITY 
Pursuant to the provisions of A.R.S. § 9-463.01, 
the governing body of every municipality shall 
regulate the subdivision of all lands within its 
corporate limits.  The governing body shall 
exercise this authority by adopting an ordinance 
prescribing: 
 
Procedures to be followed in the 
preparation, submission, review and 
approval or rejection of all final plats. 
Standards governing the design of 
subdivision plats. 
Minimum requirements and standards for 
the installation of subdivision streets, 
sewer and water utilities, and 
improvements as a condition of final plat 
approval. 
 
The Urban Environment Management Act 
established the requirements for regulations.  
Each community is required by ordinance to 
establish the procedures for obtaining approval to 
subdivided property and to designate the public 
agency to review and approve subdivision plans 
[A.R.S. § 9-463.01(B)].  Land may not be 
subdivided without an approved subdivision plat, 
and approval of the plat may be conditioned 
upon the requirements authorized by the Act 
[A.R.S. § 9-463.01]. 
 
Subdivision Design   The Arizona Revised 
Statutes permit municipalities to adopt 
ordinances governing the design of subdivisions.  
“Design” means street alignment, grades and 
widths, alignment and widths of easements and 
rights-of-way for drainage and sanitary sewers, 
and the arrangement and orientation of lots 
[A.R.S. § 9-463].  The design and location of 
buildings are not within the scope of subdivision 
regulations, and the municipality may not refuse 
approval because of building location [A.R.S. § 9-
463.02(B)].  However, it may regulate the 
location of buildings in its zoning ordinance, 
although the zoning ordinance may not give 
authority for extensive site plan review. 
 
In addition, subdivision regulations may establish 
minimum requirements for the installation of 
streets, sewers, and water lines, and may require 
the dedication of streets, utility easements, and 
rights-of-way [A.R.S. § 9-463.01(B)(3) and 
(C)(6)].  The ordinance may also require 
performance bonds or other assurances of utility 
installation [A.R.S. § 9-463.01(C)(8)].  Municipal 
subdivision regulations may contain provisions 
that effectively allocate the costs of public 
facilities between the subdivider and local 
taxpayers; counties lack this authority.  
Commonly, regulations require subdividers to 
dedicate land for streets and to install, at their 
own expense, a variety of public facilities to serve 
the development.  These often include streets, 
sidewalks, storm and sanitary sewers, and 
streetlights.  If the subdivision is within an Active 
Management Area (AMA) as defined by the 
Arizona Groundwater Code (45-4502), it must 
meet an additional requirement before it can be 
approved.  The final plat must be accompanied 
by a certificate of assured water supply issued by 
the Arizona Department of Water Resources 
(ADWR) or from a water provider designated by 
ADWR as having an assured water supply. 
 
Reservation of Land   Under [A.R.S. § 9-
463.01(D)] municipalities are authorized to 
require that land areas within a subdivision be 
reserved for parks, recreational facilities, school 
sites, and fire stations subject to the following 
conditions: 
 
 The requirement may only be made 
upon preliminary plats filed at least 
thirty days after the adoption of a 
general or specific plan affecting the 
land area to be reserved. 
 The required reservations are in 
accordance with definite principles and 
standards adopted by the legislative 
1 
2 
3

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
95
95
body (these should be the principles 
and standards from the adopted general 
plan). 
 The land area reserved shall be of such 
a size and shape as to permit the 
remainder of the land area of the 
subdivision to develop in an orderly and 
efficient manner. 
 The land area reserved shall be in such 
multiples of streets and parcels as to 
permit an efficient division of the 
reserved area in the event that it is not 
acquired within the prescribed period. 
 
Moreover, the reservation will be effective for 
only one year after the recording of the final 
subdivision plat.  During this time the 
municipality must acquire it at a price, which 
reflects the fair market value, accrued taxes, and 
the developer’s cost of holding it, including 
interest on any loan [A.R.S. § 9-463.01(E)].  No 
mention is made of the power of eminent 
domain if an agreement cannot be reached, but 
such power exists by implication or by construing 
the general grant of eminent domain authority 
[A.R.S. § 12-1111]. 
 
Special Regulatory Powers   The statute gives 
municipalities special regulatory powers over 
areas of adverse topography; for example, areas 
subject to flooding, earth subsidence, lack of 
water, and other hazards.  Development may be 
prohibited or special regulations established 
providing it is not a “taking” [A.R.S. § 9-
463.01(C)(4)].  (See Chapter 3.4 for a discussion 
of case law on the subject of takings.)  The 
municipality may adopt its own procedures for 
the preparation and review of subdivision plats. 
 
The law specifically allows municipalities to 
require the submission of preliminary plats 
[A.R.S. § 9-463.01(C)(1) and (2)].  Although no 
reference is made to procedures requiring 
development in stages, the authority to require 
preliminary plats may generate review procedures 
which allow preliminary consideration of an 
entire development area, but which grant final 
approval to smaller sections of phases, as the 
development proceeds. The law does not say that 
the approval of a preliminary plat binds the 
municipality to final plat approval. 
 
Subdivision Procedures   A subdivision, as 
defined for cities and towns in A.R.S. § 9-463.02, 
means improved or unimproved land or lands 
divided for the purpose of financing, sale or 
lease, whether immediate or future, in one of 
four ways: 
 
Into four or more lots, tracts, or parcels 
of land. 
If a new street is involved, property 
which is divided into two or more 
parcels of land. 
Any parcel which has been defined in a 
recorded plat, which is divided into 
more than two parts. 
Any condominium, cooperative, 
community apartment, townhouse, or 
similar project containing four or more 
parcels (plats of such projects need not 
show the buildings or the manner in 
which the buildings or airspace are to 
be divided). 
 
Subdivision Plats   According to A.R.S. § 9-474, 
when a property owner intends to plat and 
subdivide land, all or part of which is in an 
unincorporated area within three miles of the 
limits of a municipality, which has a subdivision 
ordinance, the property owner shall first give 
written notice of his intent to the municipality, 
providing a tentative plat. 
 
To ensure continuity and compatibility with 
existing and planned development, the 
municipality may submit to the owner a written 
report recommending changes in the submitted 
plat regarding the location or dimension of 
streets, alleys, parks, easements for rights-of-way, 
1
2
3
4

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
96
96
or property intended to be devoted to the use of 
the public.  One copy of the report shall be 
delivered to the board of supervisors of the 
county.  If the owner gets such a report within 30 
days, he or she will revise the plat so as to 
accurately conform to the report. 
 
The plat shall particularly set forth and describe: 
 
 The dimensions, boundaries and courses 
of land within the subdivision to be 
used for public purposes or offered for 
dedication for public uses. 
 The dimensions, boundaries and courses 
of lots intended for sale, or reserved for 
private use, identified by number or 
letter. 
 The location of the subdivision into lots 
with reference to adjacent subdivisions, 
the maps or plats of which have been 
previously recorded, or if none, then 
with reference to corners of a United 
States survey, or if on land unsurveyed 
by the United States, then to some 
prominent artificial monument 
established for such purpose. 
 
 
9.2 COUNTY AUTHORITY 
Under A.R.S. § 11-806.01, the county boards of 
supervisors are granted the power to regulate the 
subdivision of lands within their boundaries, 
except for those subdivisions that are regulated 
by municipalities.  The purpose of this provision 
is to ensure that consumers who purchase lots in 
residential developments are provided with 
adequate streets, utilities, drainage, and generally 
pleasant, healthy and livable surroundings. 
 
Counties have express power to approve 
subdivision plats as paraphrased from A.R.S. § 
11-806.01: 
 
No plat of a subdivision of land within the 
jurisdiction of the county shall be recorded 
until it has been approved by the board, in 
writing on the plat, and includes specific 
approval of the assurances required by this 
section.  Where a county planning and zoning 
commission exists, the plat shall first have 
been referred to the commission for its 
consideration and recommendation.  If the 
subdivision is within a groundwater active 
management area, as defined in A.R.S. § 45-
402, the plat shall not be approved unless 
accompanied by a Certificate of Assured 
Water Supply issued by the Director of Water 
Recourses, unless the subdivision is located 
within an area designated as having an 
assured water supply K pursuant to A.R.S. § 
45-576 or is exempt from the requirement, 
to be noted on the plat. 
 
The reason for refusal or approval of any plat 
shall be stated upon the record of the board.  
The commission shall recommend to the 
board, and the board shall adopt general 
rules and regulations of uniform application 
governing plats and subdivisions within its 
jurisdiction.  The regulations adopted shall 
secure and provide for the proper 
arrangement of streets, utilities, drainage, 
access of fire fighting apparatus, recreation, 
adequate light and air.  The board may adopt 
general rules and regulations to provide for 
the proper arrangement of hiking and 
equestrian trails in relation to existing or 
planned streets or highways.  The general 
rules and regulations may provide for 
modification by the commission in planned 
area developments (PADs) or specific cases 
where unusual topographical or other 
exceptional conditions may require such 
action.  The regulations shall include 
provisions for installing water, sewer and 
other facilities on the plat as a condition of 
approval of the final plat.

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
97
97
This provision is broad enough to permit the 
adoption of subdivision regulations.  It authorizes 
the review of subdivision plans to determine the 
adequacy of proposed streets, utilities, drainage, 
physical placement of structures, and open spaces 
for recreation.  However, there are no express 
provisions for design review, the reservation of 
land for public facilities, the dedication of land, 
or for staged development.  Although the statute 
refers to planned area development, it does not 
identify the procedures or standards for planned 
area developments. 
 
The county platting provisions neither define 
“subdividing” nor require the approval of a plat 
before land can be subdivided.  State law, 
however, requires that the State Real Estate 
Commissioner be given notice before subdivided 
lands may be sold and notice will not be effective 
unless accompanied by a recorded map of the 
subdivision [A.R.S. § 32-2181(A6)].  Since the 
board of supervisors’ approval is required before 
the plat can be recorded, the statute’s failure to 
require subdivision plat approval should not be 
significant. 
 
Counties too are able to require that sites within a 
subdivision for parks, recreational facilities, 
schools, and fire stations be set aside and 
reserved for a year [A.R.S. § 11-806.02].  The 
provisions are similar to those for municipalities 
described earlier. 
 
 
9.3 PREPARING SUBDIVISION 
REGULATIONS 
Subdivision regulations require a more 
sophisticated administrative process than do 
conventional zoning regulations.  In addition to 
prescribing the precise location of future lot lines, 
subdivision regulations provide specific design 
standards.  The local planning commission or 
governing body then applies these standards to 
preliminary and final plats. 
 
Like the zoning ordinance, subdivision regulations 
are a tool to implement the general or 
comprehensive plan.  There are common 
elements to most codes, but they should reflect 
the need and character of each community.  
Preferably, the code should be written for the 
user in clear, concise language.  Proposed 
regulations must be formulated carefully to 
ensure that they complement and reinforce 
existing development ordinances and should be 
reviewed by the city or county engineer. 
 
Applicability of Regulations   In preparing 
subdivision regulations, purpose, intent, and 
administration must be considered.  Where 
possible, regulations, standards, procedures, and 
guidelines from neighboring communities and 
counties should be reviewed for standardization.  
Saving of time and money may be achieved 
where communities with contiguous boundaries 
standardize their development requirements. 
 
The planning commission and elected officials 
should be kept informed and review the draft 
ordinance, but need not be actively involved in 
preparing the document unless policy decisions 
are required. 
 
When drafting regulations, the following should 
be considered: 
 
Be critical 
How will the particular requirement improve 
the product or process?  Will it provide only 
necessary information?  It is clear?  Is it 
subject to abuse? 
Provide flexibility 
Make it possible for new concepts or 
alternative techniques such as creative 
treatment of cul-de-sacs, or clustering of 
residential units allow for more effective use 
of open space to be considered.

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
98
98
Build in time limits and due process 
Impose time restrictions on reviews, within 
the staff’s ability to respond, to avoid 
administrative delays.  Require that all 
decisions and conditions be reduced to 
writing and recorded with the plat. 
Develop a companion set of engineering 
Improvement specifications 
Include engineering standards such as the 
MAG (Maricopa Association of Governments) 
specifications for public works construction 
with cross-sections and other details for 
streets, drainage areas, water lines, sewer 
lines, concrete work, bicycle paths, and other 
improvements.  This will ensure uniform 
construction standards for public facilities. 
Make use of support documents 
It may be necessary to develop specific 
guidelines to assist a subdivider in achieving 
the community’s development goals such as 
landscape and architectural design standards, 
a hillside ordinance, and manufactured home 
subdivision requirements. 
Provide a checklist to guide project review 
With a checklist the developer, staff, public, 
elected body, and planning commission will 
all know what is to be considered in the 
project review. 
Assurance of Project Completion   In case of 
default by the developer requiring the jurisdiction 
to build project improvements, the city or county 
should require a financial guarantee from all 
subdivision applicants.  Some communities 
require funds, based on a percentage of the cost 
of site improvements, to be placed in escrow for 
the duration of the project.  Others require 
performance bonds. 
A financial guarantee, such as a letter of credit 
from the banking institution financing the 
development, provides the community with 
financial security that project improvements will 
be installed.  The city or county should always 
review the assurance documents to make certain 
they are in legal form and will protect the 
jurisdiction.  A financial guarantee should be 
released only on final approval of the council or 
board. 
 
The assurance or guarantee should be made for a 
specific time period, typically one or two years 
for a recorded project phase.  If no improvements 
are made, the financial assurance can be used or 
the subdivision vacated.  The community also has 
the option of withholding building permits or 
certificates of occupancy until all improvements 
are in place.  However, this should be stated as a 
condition of original project approval. 
 
Special Cases   An administrative section on 
variances and planned area developments (PADs) 
should be included in the subdivision regulations.  
The submittal requirements for PADs and 
subdivisions should be identical to simplify and 
streamline the process so that the developer may 
obtain a PAD and subdivision review 
simultaneously. 
 
Economic hardship should not be a valid 
consideration for approval of a variance; it is the 
purchaser’s obligation to obtain property at a 
price that reflects it usability.  The practice of 
pleading hardship should not be used to convert 
a marginal investment into a profit.  In the end, 
the community pays the long-term costs of 
substandard subdivisions.  (For more discussion 
on variances see Chapter 8). 
 
Development Fees   A municipality may assess 
development fees to offset costs associated with 
providing necessary public services to a project, 
according to A.R.S. § 9-463.05.  Development 
fees assessed by a municipality under this section 
are subject to the following requirements:

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
99
99
 Development fees shall result in a use 
beneficial to the development. 
 Money received from development fees 
shall be placed in a separate fund and 
accounted for separately and may only 
be used for the purposes authorized by 
this section. 
 The municipality shall provide the fee 
schedule.  The developer of residential 
dwelling units shall be required to pay 
development fees when construction 
permits are issued. 
 The amount of any development fees 
assessed must bear a reasonable 
relationship to the burden improved 
upon the municipality to provide 
additional necessary public services to 
the development. 
 Development fees shall be assessed in a 
non-discriminatory manner. 
 
A municipality must give at least thirty days 
notice of intent to assess a new development fee, 
or increase an existing development fee.  The 
municipality must also conduct a public hearing 
at least fourteen days prior to the scheduled date 
of adoption of the new or increased fee.  A 
development fee shall not be effective until 
ninety days after its formal adoption by the city 
or town council. 
 
Miscellaneous Requirements   The subdivision 
process should also include the following: 
 
9 Dedication statements for inclusion on the 
final plat. 
9 Reservation agreements for public land. 
9 Owners' signature blocks. 
9 Engineers' and surveyors' signature blocks. 
9 Public officials' signature blocks. 
9 Sample work for any improvement or 
landscaping agreements. 
9 Sample letters of financial support. 
9 Street design elements including cross-
sections, intersections, cul-de-sac 
alternative designs, etc. 
9 List of allowable street vegetation. 
9 Examples of sketch plans, preliminary plats, 
and final plats. 
9 Development guidelines, landscape 
guidelines. 
 
Administrative Provisions   This section 
includes penalty clauses, disclaimers, amendment 
procedures, public hearing procedures, a sever 
ability clause, and resubdivision procedures. 
 
Appendices   This section may include sample 
application forms, review checklists, flow charts of 
administrative procedures, design graphics, and 
fee schedule. 
 
 
9.4 PLAT REVIEW PROCEDURES 
The review process provides adequate 
opportunity for negotiations and changes before 
project plans are finalized and the applicant 
makes considerable expenditures.  There are 
usually three stages of plat review: 
 
Preapplication Conference 
Preliminary Plat Review 
Final Plat Review 
9.4.1 Requirements 
 
The process of plat review should specify: 
 
Information to be submitted (i.e. the plats, 
support data, legal descriptions, fees, etc.) 
1

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
100
100
The way in which materials should be 
submitted (i.e. number of copies, scale, 
format, size of sheets, etc.) 
Who will participate in the reviews. 
The sequence and time available for the 
process. 
Engineered improvement plans for streets, 
utilities, drainage, etc. 
 
 
9.4.2 Conditions of Approval 
 
According to A.R.S. § 9-463.01(H), municipal 
approval of preliminary and final plats is 
conditioned upon compliance by the subdivider 
with: 
 
Requirements… 
of the Arizona Department of 
Transportation relating to safety 
provisions in accessing property abutting 
a state highway. 
 
Requirements… 
of the county flood control district 
relating to construction of streets on 
land subject to periodic flooding. 
 
Requirements… 
of the Arizona Department of 
Environmental Quality or the county 
health department relating to the 
provision of domestic water supply and 
sanitary sewage disposal. 
 
If the subdivision is within a groundwater Active 
Management Area (AMA), as defined in A.R.S. § 
45-402, the preliminary plat shall not be 
approved unless accompanied by a certificate of 
assured water supply issued by the Director of 
Water Resources; unless the subdivision is located 
within an area designated as having an assured 
water supply by the Director of Water Resources 
pursuant to A.R.S. § 45-576, subsection D, E, G or 
I; or its exempt from such requirement pursuant 
to A.R.S. § 45-576(K) 
 
The governing body shall note on the face of the 
preliminary plat that a Certificate of Assured 
Water Supply has been submitted with the plat or 
that the proposed subdivision is within the 
designated area. 
 
Final Plat   Every municipality is responsible for 
the recording of all approved final plats.  The 
municipality receives the county recording fee 
and transmits the plat and fee to the county.  The 
planning commission need not review final plats 
if the plat complies with the conditions attached 
to the preliminary plat.  To save time and free the 
planning commission from rubber stamp chores, 
the final plat can be reviewed by staff and sent 
directly to the legislative body for their review 
and acceptance.  Only the elected body can 
accept streets or other dedications to the public; 
therefore the city council or the board of 
supervisors must take the final action. 
 
 
9.4.3 Pre-application Conference 
 
It is essential that the staff (i.e. the planning 
director and the city or county manager) meet 
with developers to discuss design concepts before 
any planning is undertaken.  This is the time to 
provide the developer with a copy of all pertinent 
community development requirements, goals, 
and policies and encourage them to purchase a 
copy of the general and comprehensive plan and 
the zoning and subdivision ordinances.  The 
purpose of the pre-application conference is to 
communicate.  The developer provides the 
community with information about the proposed 
project: the desired land use, the overall design 
concept, location of the property, and general 
infrastructure needs such as extension of utilities, 
roads, drainage improvements, etc.  In turn, 
information and feedback should be provided to 
2 
3 
4 
5

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
101
101
the developer from the municipal or county staff 
responsible for: 
 
 Planning and design 
 Public works and engineering 
 Utilities: water and sewer 
 Flood control and drainage 
 Waste disposal 
 Public safety: police and fire 
 Finance 
 Transportation 
 Parks, recreation, and library 
 
To streamline the process, the city or county 
manager may form a development review team 
made up of staff from planning, engineering, and 
other development-related disciplines to answer 
questions, coordinate the plan or plat review, and 
generally assist the applicant through the process.  
If the community lacks professional staff, the city 
council or board of supervisors may direct the 
planning commission to appoint a development 
subcommittee from their members or hire a part-
time professional planner or registered 
engineering consultant to meet with applicants 
and review proposed development projects. 
 
Some municipalities and counties involve the 
elected officials early in the process to review a 
“sketch plan” of the proposed project submitted 
by the developer.  This requires the same 
information as a preliminary plat (but a lesser 
degree of detail) and in some jurisdictions, is 
reviewed by both the planning commission and 
the legislative body.  Thus elected officials can 
voice their opinions regarding the project without 
taking an official action and before money is 
spent. 
 
This approach takes more time but may be 
desirable where a full staff is not available, the 
area’s policies are not well defined, or when the 
project is a new concept or very complex.  In 
some jurisdictions the planning commission may 
review and approve the preliminary plat without 
action by the legislative body.  If the commission 
recommends the final plat for approval, the 
council or board must still hold a public hearing 
to review and approve or disapprove the 
subdivision. 
 
 
9.4.4 Preliminary Plat Review 
 
At one time the preliminary plat review served 
the same purpose as the pre-application 
conference.  However, with the increased cost, 
complexity, and scale of master planned projects, 
the flexibility to alter the preliminary plat after its 
completion has been substantially reduced. 
 
The preliminary plat is a detailed mapping of the 
project as discussed at the pre-application 
conference.  Upon its review by the city council or 
board of supervisors, the preliminary plat may be 
rejected, conditionally approved subject to 
modifications, or approved outright.  The 
approved preliminary plat should be effective for 
a limited period of time, for example one year, to 
encourage the timely development of the site. 
 
It may be undesirable or infeasible for a 
developer to subdivide the entire property at one 
time, especially if large tracts will be sold to other 
builders.  For example: a developer may purchase 
a 500 acre site, subdivide it into seven tracts of 
land, further subdivide and develop two of the 
tracts, and sell the remaining five tracts to other 
builders who will further subdivide the land.  In 
this situation, it is almost essential that the 
developer prepare a master land use and 
circulation plan for the property to coordinate 
development.  Therefore, to allow the developer 
the flexibility to respond to market demands, 
communities accept partial or phased plat 
submittals, which will make up the final plat like 
pieces completing a puzzle. 
 
The community’s plan review process should 
include written comments from agencies

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
102
102
responsible for serving the proposed 
development project such as: 
 
 Local school districts 
 Local power company 
 Telephone company 
 Water and sewer utilities 
 Waste collection service 
 Fire district 
 Irrigation district 
 Public safety agencies 
 County flood control district 
 County health department 
 State and county highway department 
 Adjacent municipal or county 
governments (if the area is 
unincorporated and lies within three 
miles of a municipality). 
 
A meeting with representatives from these 
agencies to evaluate proposals can greatly assist 
the staff in the review process. 
 
 
9.4.5 Final Plat Review 
 
At the final plat stage, legal commitments, 
dedications, financial guarantees, and any other 
special agreements must be completed.  All 
agreements between the subdivider and the 
county or community should be in writing and 
recorded with the plat.  Approval of the final plat 
by the elected body releases the city or county 
from further control over the process, with the 
exception of construction plan review and 
construction inspections to ensure compliance 
with improvement plans.  When approval of a 
plat is denied, the reasons should be stated and 
recorded in the minutes of the public hearing. 
 
9.5 SITE PLAN REVIEW 
Site planning is very important.  It establishes the 
character of that neighborhood or commercial 
area.  Site plan review is the systematic 
assessment of land development proposals in 
terms of a community’s land development 
policies and regulations, and commonly accepted 
site design practices. 
 
 
Site plan review encourages… 
 
 Conformance to the general or 
comprehensive plan 
 Conformance to zoning and zoning 
processes 
 Adherence to community design policy 
 Resolution to technical planning issues 
 
Sources of site design regulations may be found 
in a community’s plan, zoning and subdivision 
ordinances, site plan review manual, or building 
code.  The design standards in a subdivision code 
usually prescribe treatment of open space, slopes, 
floodplains, drainage ways, and other 
environmentally sensitive areas reflecting the 
community’s goals, image, and lifestyle.  Design 
standards are intended to ensure safe and 
convenient circulation for pedestrians, bicycles, 
and vehicles; adequate parks and recreational 
services; provision of quality water and sanitary 
sewer service; and storm drainage facilities. 
 
Site plan review examines the impact of the 
project on its surroundings at various levels: 
 
 Community-wide (with reference to the 
general or comprehensive plan) 
 Within a sub-area or neighborhood 
 In the immediate vicinity 
 The site itself

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
103
103
The six elements to be reviewed are: 
 
 
Land use characteristics 
Circulation system both vehicular and 
non-vehicular 
Utilities 
Architectural design 
Public facilities and services 
Open space 
 
The review may be broken down further into 
“off-“ and “on-“ site factors. 
 
Off-Site Factors 
 
 General or comprehensive 
plan 
 Area development trends 
 Zoning 
ƒƒƒ 
 
 System capacity 
 Oversizing needs 
 Off-site drainage 
 Relationship to capital 
improvements program 
ƒƒƒ 
 
 Accessibility 
 Roadway capacity 
 
 
 Community form (image) 
 Open space linkages 
ƒƒƒ 
 
 Public safety 
 Parks 
 Schools 
 Library 
 
 
 
On-Site Factors 
 
 General, comprehensive, 
and specific plans 
 Natural features 
 Adjacent land uses 
ƒƒƒ 
 
 Availability and quality of 
water 
 Storm water management 
 Access to underground 
utilities 
 Access to sewer or septic 
tanks 
 Solid waste disposal 
ƒƒƒ 
 
 Roadway access (service 
and operations) 
 Street categories 
 Continuity 
 Parking 
 Transit access 
 Pedestrian and bicycle 
paths 
 Equestrian system 
 Street cross sections (rural 
or agrarian) 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
Land Use 
Utilities 
Circulation 
Public Facilities
& Services 
Land Use
Utilities
Circulation
Design

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
104
104
 Preservation of site features 
 Screening and buffering 
 Landscape design 
 Signs 
 Architecture and layout 
 Lighting 
ƒƒƒ 
 
 Dedication requirements 
 Open spaces 
 Access for and availability 
of public safety services 
 Fiscal impact 
 
 
9.5.1 Land Use Guidelines 
 
 Locate compatible land uses to each other. 
 Buffer incompatible uses from each other. 
 Locate uses close to that part of the circulation 
system that is best suited to serve them. 
 Locate uses so as to minimize changes in 
existing topography and vegetation. 
 Locate uses according to the general or 
comprehensive plan. 
 
9.5.2 Circulation Guidelines 
 
 Establish categories of streets according to 
their purpose. 
 Strive to minimize pavement. 
 Separate parking from access drives. 
 Separate the movement of goods from the 
movement of people. 
 Separate pedestrians from vehicular routes. 
 Keep the distance from parking place to 
structure to no more than 600 feet. 
 Access roads should line up at intersections 
such that four-way intersections are created.  
Offset or “dogleg” intersections should be 
avoided.  If doglegs are necessary, ensure a 
distance between offsets of a least 150 feet. 
 Roads should intersect at as close to 90 
degrees as possible.  Cul-de-sac streets should 
have a limited length of, for example, 150 
feet.  Diagonal parking bays are easier to use 
than those perpendicular to the aisles. 
 
9.5.3 Basic Site Design Guidelines 
 
 Buildings should not be in floodplains. 
 Minimize changes to the natural terrain. 
 Preserve healthy, attractive tree stands. 
 Make open space accessible to the user. 
 Link open spaces through the site and to 
adjacent areas. 
 Design drainage retention basins to reflect site 
aesthetics as well as utility of function. 
 Separate housing from major noise-producing 
sources. 
 Buffer incompatible or conflicting land uses 
from one another.  (A buffer is open space or 
materials that create visual or physical 
separation between the uses). 
ƒ Open space 
ƒ Landscaping 
ƒ Fences or walls 
ƒ Earth berms 
ƒ Compatible, transitional land uses. 
 Restrict development on sensitive lands such 
as: 
 
Design 
Public Facilities 
& Services

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
105
105
ƒ Steep slopes 
ƒ Marshlands/wetlands 
ƒ Landfills 
ƒ Areas of unique vegetation or 
forestation. 
 
There is usually a catch-all clause that identifies 
and requires other improvements that are not 
specifically mentioned but are needed because of 
the peculiarities of the site.  In all, the subdivision 
application process should require: (1) the 
submittal and review of on- and off-site 
improvement plans, (2) inspection of 
improvements during all phases of construction, 
and (3) submittal of as-built plans for municipal 
or county records. 
 
 
9.6 PLANNING COMMISSION'S 
RESPONSIBILITY 
The principal responsibilities of the planning 
commission in subdivision regulations are: 
 
 
Protection of public interest in seeing 
that: 
 
 new developments pay for the costs 
they create. 
 the project does not disrupt existing 
services i.e. overburden existing roads, 
utilities, schools or diminish the 
environmental quality of the area 
(excessive cuts on hillsides, removal 
trees, pollution of streams and lakes, 
and destruction of wildlife habitats). 
 the subdivision doesn't create health or 
safety hazards by building in landslide 
areas, floodplains, or on soil with poor 
percolation when septic tanks are 
proposed. 
Provision for the future in that: 
 
 the subdivision should provide rights-of-
way for the major street network and set 
aside appropriate sites for public 
facilities such as schools, parks, and fire 
stations to serve the occupants of the 
development.  The general location of 
these sites should be designated in the 
community’s general or comprehensive 
plan. 
 urbanization should not occur with rural 
standards.  Unpaved roads, failing wells, 
septic tanks, and open drainage ditches 
will not support increasingly dense 
development.  The cost of providing 
improvements after the area has been 
built up will be more than it would have 
been in the initial stages of 
development. 
 
Need and timing: 
 
The economic feasibility of the proposed 
project should be considered to a certain 
extent.  Premature or speculative 
subdivisions result in isolated streets, 
scattered housing, failing homeowners' 
association facilities; they place a financial 
burden on the entire community and 
inflate the price of land.  All of this adds to 
the tax burden of the community without 
offsetting revenues. 
 
Location: 
 
The proposed subdivision should fit into 
the existing pattern of streets and utilities 
to reduce traffic circulation problems.  
Avoid the high cost of extending roads, 
utilities, and urban services to "leapfrog" 
development. 
 
Lot splits:  In counties it is possible to evade 
compliance with subdivision requirements 
1 
2
3
4

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
106
106
by splitting land into five parcels because 
the statutes define a subdivision as 
consisting of six or more lots.  
Cumulatively, lot splits can transform an 
area into a checkerboard of unimproved 
lots lacking dedicated access, paved roads, 
utilities, or assured water supply.  Residents 
of these pseudo-subdivisions must bear the 
cost of improvements because the 
community is unable or unwilling to pay 
for the basic services that should have been 
provided by the subdivider. 
 
According to A.R.S. § 9-463.01 city or 
town councils may, by ordinance, regulate 
land splits within their corporate limits, 
require proof of sufficient potable water 
supply, and dedication of rights-of-way.  
Land splits, (often called lot splits) as used 
in this article, means the division of 
improved or unimproved land whose area 
is two and one-half acres or less, into two 
or three parcels, for the purpose of sale or 
lease.  A lot-split ordinance should require 
subdividers to record these splits with the 
city and pay for their share of public 
improvements rather than passing these 
costs on to the rest of the community.  It 
also allows the municipality to check that 
the lot is of legal size and shape, has the 
required street frontage, and so on. 
 
The lack of authority for counties to 
regulate such lot splits is one of the most 
important deficiencies in county authority 
to regulate development. 
 
 
9.7 SOLAR SITE PLANNING  
Arizona is well known for its abundant sunshine.  
Considering solar access in land use planning, and 
using construction techniques to take advantage 
of solar energy can reduce the need for outside 
sources of energy and improve living conditions. 
 
Arizona's Solar Laws   Solar planning 
considerations were first enacted by the Arizona 
Legislature in 1979.  The Legislature gave local 
governments the power to allow solar access and 
to adopt solar building codes.  The 1980 
Legislature passed laws voiding the prohibition of 
solar energy devices by future deed or covenant 
restrictions.  The Arizona Department of 
Administration was also required to consider the 
use of solar energy in all new, large state 
buildings. 
 
The statute providing for municipal general plans 
[A.R.S. § 9-461.05] specifically states that 
 
 
the land use element shall 
include consideration of access to 
incident solar energy for all general 
categories of land use 
 
Conventional land use controls may be used to 
provide for and protect solar access in new 
residential development for space heating, 
cooling, domestic hot water, and electrical 
generation.  Unless communities plan now for the 
future use of solar energy, uncontrolled 
development could make it impossible for solar 
energy development to occur. 
 
Providing for and protecting solar access means 
regulating development in such a way that 
streets, lots, buildings, and vegetation provide the 
maximum access to sunshine.  It also means 
allowing for the prevention of non-beneficial 
sunshine.  Whereas the position of the sun at any 
given time or date is predictable, planning and 
protecting solar access means regulating the 
direction and length of shadows.  This is closely 
related to traditional land use and building 
regulation for protection of access to light, air, 
and views. 
 
Land Use Regulation   Solar access can be 
protected by using the existing police power 
“
”

CHAPTER 9 
SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS & SITE PLAN REVIEW 
 
107
107
authority or through private development 
agreements using covenants or easements.  
Zoning, subdivision regulations, environmental 
impact statements, and transportation planning 
can also be used to protect solar access.  The 
directional placement, width, surface material, 
and landscaping of streets and rights-of-way can 
have a substantial impact on protecting solar 
access, as well as reducing the amount of heat 
generated by streets. 
 
Solar planning, like many other forms of 
planning, frequently involves political decisions.  
Communities must choose the level of regulation 
suitable for local policies and develop alternatives 
within a solar access plan that ensure the 
appropriate balance of police power and 
property rights while accomplishing energy 
conservation and solar energy utilization.  The 
best way to plan for and protect solar energy is to 
incorporate a concern for solar access into the 
regular planning procedure. 
 
Planning is absolutely necessary to support the 
regulatory activities that are certain to be 
required for protecting solar access (or solar 
rights).  Land use control decisions must be 
consistent with the general or comprehensive 
plan.  As in other regulations that benefit some 
landowners while placing restrictions on others, 
court challenges are expected.  A well-
documented plan for solar access is necessary to 
show that there is a rational and fair basis for 
imposing the regulations. 
 
Data Collection   Basic information must be 
gathered before sound solar access protection 
measures can be developed.  For example, the 
latitude and elevation of the community as well 
as the topography and prevalent vegetation have 
a distinct impact on tailoring guidelines and 
regulations.  The types of solar design techniques 
and equipment applicable to the specific site, as 
well as size, weight, spatial needs, and other 
questions must be answered before solar access 
protection can be implemented. 
 
Public Participation X  Because solar access 
regulations may affect the use of some property, 
it is wise to involve the community in developing 
policies.  Education and training of key staff and 
community leaders in the early stages is essential.  
Early public involvement is also necessary to 
make final implementation much easier.  The 
more the community understands how the 
regulation of solar energy will benefit both 
individuals and the community itself, the more 
effective guidelines and regulations will be. 
 
Evaluation X  Preliminary planning can provide 
a base of information to measure the success of a 
solar energy program.  For example, in order to 
know how much energy is saved by promoting 
solar planning, it is necessary to know how much 
energy was used before the program was in 
effect.  The preliminary planning stage is the time 
to develop a base of information from which to 
make comparisons and analyze the results of the 
program. 
 
 
For further information on solar energy 
programs contact… 
Arizona Solar Center 
4309 E. Marion Way 
Phoenix, AZ   85018 
www.solar center.com

&
Planning
Zoning
HANDBOOK
HANDBOOK
A
P
P
E
N
D
I
C
E
S
APPENDIX A:
Glossary
APPENDIX B:
Arizona Municipal Planning Authority
APPENDIX C:
Land Rights Diagram
APPENDIX D:
County Planning Authority
APPENDIX E:
Growing Smarter 1998/Plus General
Plan Elements-Cities
Towns
APPENDIX F:
Growing Smarter 1998/Plus
Comprehensive Plan Elements-Counties
&

108
APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY
108
 
 
 
 
 
The following material has been compiled from The Planning 
Commissioner's Guide by David J. Allor (Chicago: Planners Press, 1984) 
and The Job of the Planning Commissioner by Albert Solnit (Chicago: 
Planners Press, 1987). 
 
Many people who come into a group dealing with the terminology of 
planning and zoning are often as unable to handle the "language barrier" 
as a traveler in a foreign country.  The following terms are among the most 
commonly used in planning work.  An understanding of their meaning 
should allow the new commissioner or board member to communicate 
with planners, zoning administrators, and veteran commissioners and 
board members.

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
109
109
Abandonment 
(1) A situation where a residential building is 
abandoned by its owner.  There are two typical 
situations in which this occurs.  The first is the 
case of an old apartment building requiring 
extensive and costly renovations and occupied by 
poor families who cannot pay higher rent to 
recompense the owner for the renovations.  The 
second is the case of the single-family home 
financed under federal mortgage insurance 
programs and abandoned because of inability to 
pay or because of poor quality, with lending 
institutions and builders profiting and the 
government and taxpayer losing.  In either case, 
abandonment leads to a cycle of further 
deterioration, vacancies, and vandalism.  A 
mortgagee is often unwilling to foreclose in 
situations where mortgages are not insured, 
because foreclosure may simply mean assumption 
of the unprofitable dilemma from which the 
owner has fled.  After a number of years of the 
owner's failure to pay taxes, the city may be 
forced to foreclose and thus inherit the problem.  
In the case of insured mortgages, HUD assumes 
ultimate responsibility.  (2) The giving up of a 
public right-of-way to the adjoining property 
owner. 
 
Abatement 
Any action taken to reduce, relieve, or suppress 
another continuing action.  There are two 
relevant forms: a summary abatement, which is a 
legal action taken to suppress the continuation of 
an offensive land use; and a tax abatement, 
which is a release or forgiving of a certain tax 
liability for a specific period of time and under 
certain conditions. 
 
Abutting Owner 
Aperson holding legal interest in real property in 
contact with property cited in an application, 
petition, or request pending before a commission, 
council, or board. 
 
Access 
(a) Freedom of approach, action, or 
communication.  Access of the public applies to 
all legislative and quasi-legislative processes and 
to all transcripts and reports of such bodies.  (b) 
The route or path to reach a lot or tract of land. 
 
Accessory Use 
An activity or structure incidental or secondary to 
the principle use on the same site. 
 
Adopt 
Defined as "to make one's own".  The term can 
have substantive, formal, and functional 
meanings.  It can mean to substantively direct 
future decision-making, as in the adoption of a 
policy.  It can be used formally, as in the 
adoption of by-laws that govern a commission's 
or the adoption of a general plan by a town 
council. 
 
Air Rights 
The right to use the air space over the property of 
someone else, typically over railways and 
highways.  With modern materials and acoustical 
treatment, the use of air rights in such a situation 
can create extensive building space where none 
seems to exist.  The necessary engineering usually 
requires that the building be a major structure in 
both size and cost. 
 
Amend 
To improve or change for the better by removing 
defects, faults, or inappropriate or inoperable 
provisions. 
 
Amortization 
A term used in zoning to mean the process by 
which nonconforming uses and structures must be 
discontinued or made to conform to requirements 
of the ordinance at the end of a specified period 
of time.  The term itself is a bastardization of the 
real estate term by which borrowers are required 
to pay back a debt in regular payments over a 
fixed period of time, e.g., installment payments 
on the principal on a mortgage.  State law 
doesn't allow this in Arizona.

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
110
110
Annex 
To absorb by legal incorporate: to expand the 
limits of a municipality. 
 
Application 
The formal preparation and submission of a 
specific request that asks a decision of a planning 
commission or board of adjustment.  There 
should be established forms for the submission of 
requests. 
 
Appoint 
To designate or assign authority for a particular 
function, position, or office.  Appointment is 
wholly separate from election. 
 
Architectural Control 
Regulations and procedures requiring structures 
to be suitable, harmonious, and in keeping with 
the general appearance, historical character, or 
style of their surrounding area.  Critics have 
suggested that architectural controls legislate 
"taste" and require "new antiques" in historical 
zones, thereby cheapening the real landmarks.  
Defenders point out that a community that has an 
historical character or prevailing architectural 
design should protect and preserve it from the 
cheap and vulgar, most particularly from building 
packages of national chains of fast food 
franchises, filling stations, or others whose 
trademark is the flashy building and sign. 
 
Bonuses; Incentive Zoning 
The awarding of bonus credits to a development 
in the form of allowing more intensive use of the 
land, if such public benefits as additional open 
space are provided, special provisions for low- 
and moderate-income housing are made, or 
public plaza and courts are provided at ground 
level. 
 
Buffer Zone 
A strip of land created to separate and protect 
one type of land use from another.  For example, 
a screen of planting or fencing can be used to 
insulate the surroundings from the noise, smoke, 
or visual aspects of an industrial zone. 
Building Area 
The total square footage of a lot covered by a 
building measured on a horizontal plane at mean 
grade level, exclusive of uncovered porches, 
terraces, and steps. 
 
Building Code 
Regulations governing building design, 
construction, and maintenance based on the 
government's police power to protect the health, 
safety, and welfare of the public.  Policies vary in 
different jurisdictions and within cities and 
counties so far as enforcement is concerned.  
Codes may not be enforced in whole areas 
because it is impractical to do so.  The need for 
enforcement, however, may suddenly be raised 
as justification for a project. 
 
Building Envelope 
The net cubic space that remains for placing a 
structure on a site after building line, setback, 
side yard, height, and bulk regulations are 
observed. 
 
Building Line 
A building limit fixed at a specific distance from 
the front or side boundaries of a lot beyond 
which a structure cannot lawfully extend. 
 
Bulk Regulations 
Zoning or other regulations that control the 
height, mass, density, and location of buildings, 
and set a maximum limit on the intensity of 
development so as to provide proper light, air, 
and open space. 
 
By-laws 
A set of rules of procedure that regulate a 
commission or board’s internal affairs and 
facilitates the discharging of its responsibilities. 
 
Capital Improvement Program 
A governmental timetable of permanent 
improvements budgeted to fit the fiscal capability 
of five or six years into the future.  A planning 
commission is often given the authority to 
develop and review the CIP, thereby linking

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
111
111
planning to the annual budgeting process. 
 
Carrying Capacity 
The level of land use or human activity that can 
be permanently accommodated without an 
irreversible change in the quality of air, water, 
land, or plant and animal habitats.  In human 
settlements, this term also refers to the limits 
beyond which the quality of life, community 
character, or human health, welfare, and safety 
will be impaired. 
 
Cluster Development 
Development that allows the reduction of lots 
sizes below the zoning ordinance's minimum 
requirements, if the land thereby gained is 
preserved as permanent open space for the 
community.  Often the developer will try to offer 
as open space the unbuildable lands, i.e. 
drainageways, steep gullies and ravines left over. 
 
Code Enforcement 
The attempt by a government unit to cause 
property owners to bring their properties up to 
standards required by building codes, housing 
codes, and other ordinances.  Code enforcement 
can be a prime instrument in arresting urban 
deterioration. 
 
Combination Zoning 
Zones which are superimposed over the zones 
which either add further requirements or replace 
certain requirements of the underlying zone.  
They are a form of overlay zoning except they 
normally are wholly within other zones or may 
apply to only parts of zones, i.e. airport 
approach, conservation, equestrian, hillside, 
mobile home, general planned development, and 
scenic reservation.  Buffer zones, where a higher 
intensity zone abuts one of lower intensity, may 
be applied as combination zones. 
 
Commission 
A committee of persons legally organized to 
administer certain laws or discharge certain 
functions that constitute a public office.  A 
planning commission is such an appointed 
committee of persons. 
 
Community Facilities 
Public or privately owned facilities used by the 
public, i.e. streets, schools, libraries, parks; also 
facilities owned by nonprofit private agencies, i.e. 
churches, safe houses, and neighborhood 
associations. 
 
Compatibility 
The characteristics of different uses or activities 
that permit districts to be located near each other 
in harmony without conflict.  The designation of 
permitted or special-permit uses in a zoning 
district is intended to achieve compatibility within 
a district.  Elements to be assessed in determining 
compatibility include: intensity of occupancy as 
measured by dwelling units per acre; floor area 
ratio; pedestrian or vehicular traffic generated; 
volume of goods handled; and environmental 
impacts i.e. noise, vibration, glare, air pollution, 
or radiation. 
 
Compliance 
An enforceable and effective inducement to 
secure action in accord with some legally binding 
regulation. 
 
Condemnation 
The taking of private property by a government 
unit for public use (eminent domain), when the 
owner will not relinquish it through sale or other 
means.  The owner is recompensed by payment 
of "market value."  The term "to condemn" is 
used to indicate determination by a government 
agency that a particular building is unfit for use 
because it is structurally or otherwise unsafe or 
unhealthy. 
 
Conditional Rezoning 
The attachment of special conditions to a 
rezoning which are not spelled out in the text of 
the ordinance.  Along with other devices to assure 
compliance, it may bind the developer to the 
conditions through filing a covenent.

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
112
112
Conditional Use 
A use that may locate in certain zoning districts 
provided it will not be detrimental to the public 
good nor impair the integrity and character of the 
zoned district, or will not be unsuitable to the 
community at large.  Examples of conditional 
uses permitted in a commercial, industrial, or 
agricultural zone are temporary carnivals, 
religious revivals, and rock concerts. 
 
Condominium 
The legal arrangement in which a dwelling unit in 
a residential development is individually owned 
but in which the common areas are owned, 
controlled, and maintained through an 
organization consisting of all the individual 
owners. 
 
Consensus 
Agreement.  The majority vote is a special form of 
legal consensus. 
 
Conservation Easement 
A tool for acquiring open space with less than 
full-fee purchases; the public agency buys only 
certain specific rights from the owner.  These may 
be positive rights, giving the public rights to hunt, 
fish, hike, or ride over the land, or they may be 
restricted rights limiting the uses to which the 
owner may put the land in the future.  Scenic 
easements allow the public agency to use the 
owner's land for scenic enhancement, i.e. 
roadside landscaping and vista point 
preservation. 
 
Conversion 
The partitioning of a single-dwelling unit into two 
or more separate households, or the conversion 
of the use of an existing building into another 
use. 
 
Cooperative 
A group of dwellings owned jointly by the 
residents.  The purchase of stock entitles the 
buyer to sole occupancy but not the individual 
ownership of a specified unit.  Like a 
condominium, the cooperative arrangement 
offers certain flexibilities in design and economies 
in development and maintenance. 
 
Cost Benefit Analysis 
An approach to evaluating the advantages and 
disadvantages of a project, policy, action, etc. in 
which an attempt is made to quantify the various 
results, so that the pros and cons can more 
objectively be compared with one another.  At 
worst, it imposes a false “objectivity” by giving 
erroneous dollar value or other numerical value 
to such matters as attitudes, visual quality, and 
other concerns that resist quantification. 
 
Dedication 
A turning over of private land for public use by 
an owner or developer, and its acceptance for 
such use by the governmental agency in charge of 
the public function for which it will be used.  
Dedications for roads, parks, and school sites, or 
other public uses are often made conditions for 
the approval of a development by a planning 
commission. 
 
Dedication, Payment In Lieu Of 
Cash payments required as a substitute for a 
dedication of land by an owner or developer, 
usually at so many dollars per lot.  This 
overcomes the two principal problems of land-
dedication requirements by applying the 
exactions on development more equitably, and 
by allowing purchase of sites at the best locations 
rather than merely in places where the 
development is large enough to be required to 
dedicate a school or park. 
 
Deliberation 
A process that includes the careful weighing of 
facts, objectives, arguments, and law with a view 
to considerate and dispassionate choice or 
decision. 
 
Density, Control Of 
A limitation on the occupancy of land.  Density 
can be controlled through zoning by one method 
or a combination of the following:  use 
restrictions of single- or multifamily dwellings;

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
113
113
minimum lot size requirements; floor area ratio; 
land-use intensity zoning; setback and yard 
requirements; minimum house-size requirements; 
ratios between the number and types of housing 
units and land area; direct limitations on units per 
acre; requirements for lot area per dwelling unit; 
and other means.  The major distinction between 
different residential districts often is in their 
allowable density. 
 
Density Transfer 
A technique of retaining open space by 
concentrating residential densities, usually in 
compact areas adjacent to existing urbanization 
and utilities, with outlying areas being left open, 
so that the residential density of the entire 
community will average out at the same number 
of dwelling units as if the community were 
developed end to end with large lots. 
 
Development Rights 
A broad range of less-than-fee-simple ownership 
interests, mainly referring to easements.  An 
owner can retain complete or absolute (fee 
simple) rights to land and sell the development 
rights to another.  The owner would keep title but 
agree to continue using the land as it had been 
used in the past, with the right to develop resting 
in the holder of the development rights. 
 
Discretion 
The exercise of judgment with regard to what is 
just and proper under the circumstances.  
Discretion is given to members of certain 
governmental bodies so that they may make 
reasonable application of the laws and 
regulations. 
 
Downzoning 
A change in the zoning classification of land to a 
classification permitting development that is less 
intensive or dense, such as from multi-family to 
single-family or from commercial to residential.  
A change in the opposite direction is called 
“upzoning”. 
 
Due Process of Law 
A requirement that legal proceedings be carried 
out in accordance with one or two forms of rules 
and principles:  procedural or substantive.  
Procedural due process means an assurance that 
all parties to a proceeding are treated fairly and 
equally, that citizens have a right to have their 
views heard, that necessary information is 
available for informed opinions to be developed, 
that conflicts of interest are avoided, and that, 
generally, the appearance and fact of corruption 
does not exist.  Substantive due process is less 
precise, but it refers to the payment by 
government of “just compensation” to property 
owners when their property is condemned by 
government or is severely diminished in value 
because of government action. 
 
Easement 
The right to use property owned by another, i.e. 
for utility facilities and maintenance access, or for 
purposes of pedestrian or vehicular circulation. 
 
Eminent Domain 
The right of a government to take private 
property for public use or benefit upon payment 
of just compensation to the owner. 
 
Enabling Statutes 
State statutes conferring limited permissive 
powers to do planning, zoning, and subdivision 
regulation. 
 
Environmental Impact 
An assessment of a proposed project or activity to 
determine whether it will have significant 
environmental effects on the natural and built 
environments.  When no significant 
environmental impact will result, a “negative 
declaration” is submitted instead of the 
Environmental Impact Report (EIR), which is the 
detailed report on how the project will affect the 
environment.  Significant environmental effects 
are generally associated with those actions which: 
 
1. Alter existing environmental 
components such as air and water

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
114
114
quality, wildlife habitats, and food 
chains. 
2. Disrupt neighborhood or community 
structure (i.e. displace low income 
people). 
3. Further threaten rare or endangered 
plant or animal species. 
4. Alter or substantially disrupt the 
appearance or surroundings of a scenic, 
recreational, historic, or archaeological 
sites. 
5. Induce secondary effects such as 
changes in land use, unplanned growth, 
or traffic congestion. 
 
Exaction 
A contribution or payment required as an 
authorized precondition for receiving a 
development permit.  It usually refers to 
mandatory dedication or fee in lieu of dedication 
requirements found in many subdivision 
regulations. 
 
Exception 
The official provision of an exemption from 
compliance with the terms or conditions of a 
building or zoning regulation by a board of 
adjustment or hearing officer vested with the 
power to authorize it.  It is usually granted if 
there are practical difficulties in meeting the 
existing requirements; or if the deviation or 
exception would not have a detrimental impact 
on adjacent properties or effect substantial 
compliance with the regulations.  While an 
exception or special use is a departure from the 
standard application of the zoning ordinance, it is 
provided for within the ordinance.  A daycare 
center, for example, might not ordinarily be 
permitted in an area zoned exclusively residential, 
yet since this might be a perfectly desirable and 
acceptable place for the care of preschool 
children, allowance for an exception, subject to 
conditioning of how the operation will be 
conducted, will be pre-established in the text of 
the zoning ordinance. 
Exclusionary Zoning 
Discretionary zoning techniques used to 
selectively control population and minimum 
residential floor area requirements which increase 
housing costs, have been challenged for their 
exclusionary affects.  Many court decisions are 
invalidating exclusionary practices, and are 
requiring affirmative, inclusionary practices.  On 
the other hand, discretionary techniques, such as 
inclusionary zoning, can be an important part of 
land use program. 
 
Executive Session 
A meeting of an official body with the express 
purpose of administering internal affairs.  No 
testimony may be mentioned, applications 
discussed, deliberations joined, or decisions 
made. 
 
Ex Parte Contact 
Communication made outside the public forum 
without the benefit of hearing all sides of an 
issue.  They are considered “from one side only” 
and are made without notice to and knowledge 
of others involved.  They can include telephone 
calls, informal meetings, lunches, or even a casual 
encounter on the street.  The law does not 
prohibit ex parte contacts, but does require the 
communication to be placed on the record at the 
hearing to enable interested parties to hear and 
rebut the substance of the communication.  If not 
made part of the record, an ex parte contact 
provides grounds for voiding a board of 
adjustment decision in Superior Court. 
 
Externalities, Side Effects, Spillovers, 
Repercussion Effects 
The impacts on others than the direct 
beneficiaries or targets of a course of action; can 
be local or widespread; fiscal, environmental, 
social, or any combination. 
 
Family 
In many zoning ordinances, the legal definition is 
a group of two or more persons related by blood, 
marriage, or adoption residing together; this is 
the basic occupancy intended for single-family

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
115
115
residence districts.  More recently, communes and 
other cooperative lifestyle arrangements of 
unrelated and mostly single individuals have run 
afoul of the regulations that use this definition of 
the family (and a specific limit to how many 
nonrelated individuals may dwell together) to 
exclude such groups from dwelling in single-
family residences. 
 
Final Subdivision Map (or Plat) 
A map of an approved subdivision filed in the 
county recorder’s office.  Usually it shows 
surveyed lot lines, street rights-of-way, 
easements, monuments, distances, angles, and 
bearings pertaining to the exact dimensions of all 
parcels, street lines, and so forth. 
 
Findings 
A determination or conclusion based on the 
evidence presented and prepared by a hearing 
body in support of its decision.  A board of 
adjustment is usually required by law to hold a 
public hearing to hear evidence when it receives a 
petition for a variance, special permit, or appeal 
of an administrative official’s decision.  When it 
presents its decision, a board is often required to 
demonstrate in writing that the facts presented in 
evidence support is decision in conformance with 
the law.  If, for example, the law requires 
evidence of a hardship before a variance can be 
granted, a board of adjustment must support its 
approval by finding that a hardship actually 
exists.  A requirement to produce findings of fact 
is often found in due process rules of state 
legislation. 
 
Floating Zone (or Design District) 
A zoning district that is described in the text of 
the zoning ordinance but not mapped as a 
specific district in a specific location.  When a 
project of sufficient size anywhere within 
unrestricted areas can meet certain other 
requirements, however, the floating zone can be 
anchored and the area designated on the zoning 
map. 
 
Floor Area Ratio (FAR) 
A formula for determining permitted building 
volume as a multiple of the area of the lot.  For 
example, a ratio of six on a 5,000 square foot lot 
would allow a three story building with 10,000 
square feet on each floor, or a six story building 
with 5,000 square feet on each floor, or a variety 
of similar combinations as long as the total area 
did not exceed 30,000 square feet.  Some zoning 
ordinances offer an incentive in the form of a 
higher FAR in order to reduce site coverage and 
thus encourage provision of plazas and other 
open spaces on the ground level. 
 
General Plan 
(a) A legal document which is a plan of a 
community’s general policies regarding the long-
term development of its jurisdiction.  The plan 
should include not only general physical 
development but also public services, social 
services, and governmental operations.  The plan 
may be a map accompanied by description and 
supplemented by policy statements.  It provides 
direction to the capital improvements and 
maintenance programs, forms the legal 
foundation for the systematic application of 
zoning regulations, and permits the consistent 
and coherent application of subdivision 
regulations.  (b) A comprehensive plan for a 
municipality as defined in the Arizona Revised 
Statutes. 
 
Growth Management (Growth Control; Land 
Use Development Management) 
The use by a community of a wide range of 
techniques in combination to permit it to 
determine its own amount, type, and rate of 
growth and to channel it into designated areas.  
General or comprehensive plans often form the 
backbone of the system; devices used to execute 
growth management policy may include zoning, 
emphasizing flexibility, capital improvements, 
programming, adequate public facilities 
ordinances, urban limit lines, population caps or 
ceilings, and many others.  Conceptually, growth 
management differs from conventional 
approaches in that it does not accept likely

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
116
116
population growth and its rate as inevitable; these 
are open to question and are subject to 
determination by public policy and action. 
 
Guidelines 
An undetailed statement of policy direction 
around which specific details may be established 
later.  In community planning this often takes the 
form of a local jurisdiction’s adopting general 
principles, to which private development must 
conform, without mapping or describing the 
specific details of what may or may not be built 
or where (e.g. floating zone). 
 
Hardship 
Where the rigid application of zoning ordinance 
restrictions would unduly limit use.  Hardships 
are determined by an objective accounting of 
circumstances and serve the jurisdiction for a 
variance granted by a board of adjustment. 
 
Highest and Best Use 
The use of land in such a way that its 
development will bring maximum profit to the 
owner.  It is a theoretical real estate concept that 
does not take into account the externalities from 
such a use of land, and thus public regulations 
often limit land use to some activity that will 
provide the owners with less than maximum 
profits in order to minimize spillover costs to 
other properties and the public at large.  Thus the 
term is not commonly used in planning but is 
often heard at zoning hearings. 
 
Houses, Halfway 
Therapeutic residences that provide a sheltered 
and transitional environment for person emerging 
from mental or penal institutions or drug 
treatment centers.  They are open and non-
institutional in order to help ease their residents’ 
return to being fully functioning members of the 
community.  When they are proposed for 
residential areas, a great deal of public 
controversy is likely to ensue, and many 
jurisdictions treat them as conditional uses in 
order to allay public fears. 
 
Improved Land 
Raw land that has been improved with basic 
facilities such as roads, sewers, water lines, and 
other public infrastructure facilities in preparation 
for development. 
 
Incentive 
A provision within a development regulation that 
grants relief from specific compliance upon 
condition that certain features of a proposal are 
altered so as to secure some benefit, convenience, 
or use by the public. 
 
Infrastructure 
Streets, water and sewer lines, and other public 
facilities necessary to the functioning of an urban 
area. 
 
Interim or Study Zone 
This is a zoning technique used to temporarily 
freeze development in an area until a permanent 
classification for it can be decided upon. 
Generally, it is used to preserve the status quo 
while the community plan is prepared to serve as 
a basis for permanent zoning. 
 
Investment 
Any expenditure to acquire real property in order 
to secure profitable return.  Disinvestment is the 
disposition of real property so as to reduce 
economic loss and tax liabilities and to transfer 
capital resources to activities of higher profit 
yield. 
 
Land Use Plan 
A basic element of a general or comprehensive 
plan designating the future use or reuse of land 
within a given jurisdiction’s planning area, and 
the policies and reasoning used in arriving at the 
decisions in the plan.  The land use plan serves as 
a guide to official decision in regard to the 
distribution and density of private development, 
as well as public decisions on the location of 
future public facilities and open spaces.  It also 
serves as a guide the structuring of zoning and 
subdivision controls, urban renewal, and capital 
improvement programs.

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
117
117
Leapfrog Development 
Development that occurs well beyond the existing 
limits of urban development leaving intervening 
vacant land behind.  This bypassing of the next-
in-line lands at the urban fringe results in the 
haphazard shotgun pattern of urbanization 
known as “sprawl”. 
 
Limited Partnership 
A type of partnership comprising one or more 
general partners (who manage the business affairs 
and are personally responsible for debts) and one 
or more limited partners (who contribute capital 
and share in profits but take no part in 
management and incur no liability beyond the 
contribution of capital). 
 
Lot of Record 
A lot which is part of a recorded subdivision, or a 
parcel of land which has been recorded, usually 
at a county recorder’s officer containing property 
tax records. 
 
Majority Vote 
A formal and functional act of decision-making by 
a deliberative body requiring a plurality of votes.  
The bylaws of a planning commission and board 
of adjustment should clearly specify when a 
majority must be of the full membership and 
when it may be a quorum. 
 
Mandatory 
Constituting a command and imposing an 
obligation for performance. 
 
Mandatory Referral 
The process of referring specified proposals to the 
planning commission (and sometimes to other 
departments or agencies) for review.  Such 
proposals might include rezoning requests or 
major capital improvements by another 
governmental agency.  Under such requirements, 
often found in enabling legislation or a municipal 
charter, the planning commission must report 
whether the proposal conforms to its general or 
comprehensive plan or other policies.  
Increasingly, conventional mandatory referral 
procedures are becoming more rigorous through 
legislative executive requirements for impact 
analysis. 
 
Metes and Bounds 
A system of describing and identifying land by 
measures (metes) and direction (bounds) from an 
identifiable point of reference such as a 
monument or marker, the corner of intersecting 
streets, or other permanent feature.  This system 
is the most precise of the three most common 
forms of urban land description; the others are 
street number by house, and by blocks and lots in 
tract subdivision.  Metes and bounds is used most 
often in rural areas. 
 
Mobile Home (Trailer) 
A factory-built home, equipped with all the basic 
amenities of a conventional home which can be 
moved to its site by attaching it to an automobile 
or truck.  “Double-wides” and “triple-wides” are 
units connected together to form a single 
structure of size and roof design similar to that of 
a conventional home built on a foundation on 
site. 
 
Moratorium 
In planning, a freeze on all new development 
pending the completion and adoption of a 
general or comprehensive plan or the completion 
of a planning study or instituted by utility agents 
when sewage treatment facilities are inadequate 
or water shortage are threatened.  They have also 
been voted into being by residents of 
communities whose schools and other public 
facilities have been overwhelmed by rapid 
growth.  Air basins already overburdened by air 
pollution may be next in line for building freezes. 
 
Municipal Corporation 
A corporation consisting of inhabitants of a 
designated area created by the state legislature or 
by provisions of state law for the purposes of 
local government.  A municipal corporation has a 
dual character: it exercises those powers assigned 
to it by state law and exercises other powers for 
the benefit of its inhabitants.  Generally, cities

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
118
118
and towns are municipal corporations. 
 
Neighborhood 
The smallest sub area in city planning, defined as 
a residential area whose residents have public 
facilities and social institutions in common.  
Informal face-to-face contacts and some 
communal consciousness, either through 
homeowners’ associations or crisis alliances to 
ward off threatening developments and zone 
changes also characterize a neighborhood. 
 
Nonconforming Uses 
A structure or use that is not permitted by its 
present district’s zoning regulations.  If 
established after the enactment of the ordinance, 
the use is illegal and may be abated, but if it 
existed before the regulations, it is a legal 
nonconforming use and may continue, although a 
new or different nonconforming use may not 
replace it.  Most ordinances provide that its 
extension or enlargement is not permissible.  
Many ordinances permit the restoration of the 
nonconforming premises when damaged by fire, 
earthquake, or some other catastrophe.  
However, once the use is abandoned there is no 
longer a right to it restoration and the future use 
of the premises must conform to the regulations.  
Some states, not Arizona, provide for the 
cessation of such uses at the end of a prescribed 
amortization period equivalent to the life of the 
structure as an investment. 
 
Nuisance 
Anything that interferes with the use of 
enjoyment of property, endangers personal 
health or safety, or is offensive to the senses.  
Nuisance law forms part of the basis for zoning.  
The separation of uses through zoning helps to 
foster the enjoyment of residential areas free 
from pollution, noise, congestion, and other 
characteristics of industrial areas. 
 
Official Map 
A detailed map adopted by the city council or 
board of supervisors, that protects proposed 
facility or public improvement sites and rights-of-
way shown on it from preemption by private 
development for a limited period, during which 
the required land can be acquired by 
conventional acquisition procedures.  By reserving 
land for streets, parks, school sites, and public 
facilities, the community in turn is placed under 
an obligation to acquire these lands with 
reasonable promptness and should coordinate 
their capital improvement program and 
budgeting process accordingly. 
 
Open Land District 
A zoning classification that limits the allowable 
uses to agriculture, recreation, parks, reservoirs, 
and water supply lands.  Open land (OL) districts 
are most commonly used for publicly owned 
lands of public agencies, but are also used in 
areas subject to flooding and other natural 
hazards.  A variation of OL zoning is used in 
airport approach and clear zones where land 
beyond the landing runways must be kept free of 
obstructions and projections from the ground. 
 
Open Space 
Land which has not been developed and which is 
desirable for preservation in its natural state for 
ecological, historical, or recreational purposes, or 
in its cultivated state to preserve agriculture, 
forest, or urban greenbelt areas is termed open 
space. 
 
Ordinance 
An enactment of a legislative body of a municipal 
corporation constituting local law. 
 
Overrule 
An action of a local legislative body to reverse a 
commission recommendation, sometimes 
requiring an extraordinary or two-thirds majority 
of full membership. 
 
Parcel 
A lot, or contiguous group of lots in single 
ownership or under single control, and usually 
considered a unit for purposes of development.

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
119
119
Peak Hour 
For any given highway, the sixty-minute period of 
the day during which it carries it highest volume 
of traffic.  Usually this occurs during the morning 
or evening rush, when commuters are attempting 
to go to or from work. 
 
Performance Standards 
Zoning regulations providing specific criteria 
limiting the operations of certain industries, land 
uses, and building to acceptable levels of noise, 
air pollution emissions, odors, vibration, dust, 
dirt, glare, heat, fire hazards, wastes, traffic 
generation, and visual impact.  This type of 
zoning may not bar an industry or use by 
specified type, but admits any use that can meet 
the particular standards of operation set for 
admission.  Instead of classifying industries in 
districts under the headings “light”, “heavy”, or 
“unrestricted,” it establishes measurable technical 
standards and classifies the industries in terms of 
their probable environmental impact.  Terms such 
as “limited”, “substantial”, or “objectionable” 
determine the overall acceptability rating of a 
particular use. 
 
Pattern 
A formal, written request for specific action from 
a group of individuals to a governmental body 
specifying the action sought, giving reasons, and 
clearly identifying individual petitioners. 
 
Planned Area (PAD) or Planned Unit 
Development (PUD) 
A self-contained development, often with a 
mixture of land uses, housing types and densities, 
in which the subdivision and zoning controls are 
applied to the project as a whole rather than to 
individual lots, as in most subdivisions.  Often 
trade-offs occur between the clustering of houses 
and the provision of common open space. 
 
Police Power 
The inherent right of the state to restrict an 
individual’s conduct or use of property in order to 
protect the health, safety, and welfare of the 
community.  This power must follow due process 
of the law, but unlike the exercise of the state’s 
power of eminent domain, no compensation 
need be paid or losses incurred as a result of 
police power regulation. 
 
Policy 
An imperative or prescriptive principle that 
directs future action.  A policy usually has three 
components:  specific definition of the action to 
be performed, statement of the conditions under 
which it is to be performed, and identification of 
the individuals or offers responsible for 
performing it.  Policies may be positive 
(prescriptive) or negative (proscriptive); they may 
be strict commands (employing such verbs as 
shall or must), or discretionary (employing such 
verbs as will or may). 
 
Precedent 
A guide to decision-making based on earlier 
decisions on matters similar in circumstances or in 
legal principles. 
 
Preliminary Subdivision Map 
The first formal submission by a subdivider is 
usually in the form of a map with accompanying 
documents providing the information about the 
proposed subdivision required by the local 
subdivision ordinance.  The map contains the 
following: name of subdivision; its location, 
acreage, owner, and engineer or surveyor; the 
location of property lines, roads, existing utilities 
and their bearings and dimensions; names of 
adjoining properties; zoning classification of the 
property; proposed water, sewer, drainage, and 
public utility systems to be employed; names of 
new streets; lot numbers, setback lines, and lot 
dimensions; and the location of any easements, 
culverts, storm drains, creeks, ponds, or other 
significant natural features, including contours 
and adjacent structures.  If the land is to be 
subdivided, the preliminary map is often required 
to include a precise plan of streets, public 
facilities, and lots for the entire holding as well as 
the section being submitted for approval so the 
public agency can be assured that pieces will fit 
together properly when the development is

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
120
120
completed. 
 
Principal Use 
The main use of land or structure as distinguished 
from secondary or accessory uses.  A house is a 
principal use in a residential area; a garage or 
pool is an accessory use.  Zoning ordinances will 
often establish a general rule that only one 
principal structure or use will be permitted on 
each lot. 
 
Procedure 
A rule specifying the content and sequence of an 
activity.  The procedures for a planning 
commission or board of adjustment must be 
formally established and made publicly 
accessible; they are most conveniently 
incorporated into the by-laws of a commission or 
board. 
 
Public Hearings 
A formally announced meeting of a planning 
commission, the express purpose of which is to 
receive written and oral testimony on specific 
matters open to the public for attendance and 
testimony.  Commission members may ask 
questions, but no deliberation takes place.  A full 
record of information should be kept, reviewed 
by the staff, and incorporated into its report for 
subsequent commission deliberation. 
 
Public Record 
Records that a governmental body is required by 
law to maintain in the discharging of its 
responsibilities.  Records of a planning 
commission or board of adjustment must be 
available for public inspection. 
 
Recommendation 
A decision that may be either a statement for the 
approval of some action or a statement of 
disapproval of some action.  Formal 
recommendations generally are accompanied by 
supporting reasons. 
 
Request 
An asking for a finding, review, advice, or action 
with the initiating body or group retaining 
discretion as to acceptance or rejection.  Requests 
may be formal or informal; where formal, they 
should be submitted in the form of an 
application. 
 
Resolution 
A formal expression of the will of an official 
body, adopted by vote.  A municipal resolution 
does not have the character of law and is not an 
ordinance, but a legislative expression of will. 
 
Reversion Clause 
A requirement that may accompany special use 
permit approval, or a rezoning that returns the 
property to its prior zoning classification if a 
specified action, such as taking out a building 
permit or beginning construction, does not begin 
in a specified period of time.  This is a way of 
protecting a community against using permits or 
rezonings for speculative purposes. 
 
Right-of-way 
The right of passage over the property of another.  
The public may acquire it through implied 
dedication and most commonly refers to the land 
on which a road or railroad is located.  Utility 
pathways and drainage ways are usually referred 
to as easements. 
 
Road System 
The classification of streets and highways by their 
diverse functions and design.  The following is a 
commonly used hierarchy of streets and highways 
for planning purposes: 
 
Local street 
A roadway allowing access to abutting 
land, serving local traffic only. 
 
Collector 
A street whose function is to channel 
traffic from local streets to major 
arterials.

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
121
121
Major arterial 
A road that serves through-traffic 
movement across urban areas, often 
subject to controlled access from 
properties fronting on the right of way. 
 
Expressway 
A divided multilane highway whose 
purpose is to move large volumes of 
through-traffic from one part of a 
metropolitan area to another; 
intersections are separated by under- or 
overpasses at major intersections. 
 
Freeway 
A multilane highway with full grade 
separation, total control of access, 
median strips, and fencing, or 
landscaping strips along the sides.  
Basically, it serves intercity and interstate 
traffic. 
 
Parkway 
An expressway or freeway designed for 
non-commercial traffic only; usually 
located within a strip of landscaped park 
or natural vegetation. 
 
Septic Tank 
A tank plus a leaching field or trenches in which 
sewage is purified by bacterial action.  Septic 
tanks differ from cesspools, which are simply 
buried, perforated tanks that allow the liquid 
effluent to seep into surrounding soils but retain 
most of the solids and must be periodically 
pumped out. 
 
Setback Regulations 
The requirements of building laws that a building 
be set back a certain distance from the street or 
lot line either on the street level or at a prescribed 
height.  The aim is to allow more room for 
pedestrians, or reduce the obstruction of sunlight 
reaching the streets and lower stories of adjoining 
buildings. 
Sewage System 
A facility designed for the collection, removal, 
treatment, and disposal of waterborne sewage 
generated within a given service area.  Usually it 
consists of a collection network of pipelines, and 
a treatment facility to purify and discharge the 
treated wastes. 
 
Site Plan 
A plan showing uses and structures proposed for 
a parcel of land as required by the regulations 
involved.  It includes lot lines, streets, building 
sites, buildings, their dimensions; reserved open 
space, major landscape features and locations of 
proposed utility lines. 
 
Site Plan Review 
The process of local officials, planning 
commission or the staff reviewing the site plans 
and maps of a developer to assure they meet the 
stated purposes and standards of the zone, 
provide for the necessary public facilities such as 
road and schools, and protect and preserve 
topographical features and adjacent properties 
through appropriate siting of structures and 
landscaping.  The process often allows 
considerable discretion to be exercised by local 
officials since it may deal with hard-to-define 
aesthetic and design considerations. 
 
Special Use; Special Use Permit 
The term “special use” with is numerous sub 
classifications, is so widely and variously used as 
to make definition difficult.  Using the exclusion 
approach, a special use may be defined as a use 
other than a use by right.  Required special 
approvals may be by one or more of the 
following:  the governing body, the planning 
commission, the board of adjustment, hearing 
examiner, the architectural review board, other 
special-purpose review boards, and department 
heads or officials, ranging through building, 
health, traffic, and safety.  Procedures may 
require presentations before elected and 
appointed officials, involving public notice and 
hearings.

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
122
122
Spot Zoning 
The awarding of a use classification to an isolated 
parcel of land which is detrimental or 
incompatible with the uses of the surrounding 
area, particularly when such an act favors a 
particular owner.  Such zoning has been held to 
be illegal by the courts on the grounds that it is 
unreasonable and capricious.  A general or 
comprehensive plan, or special circumstance such 
as historic value, environmental importance, or 
scenic value would justify special zoning for a 
small area. 
 
Standards 
While often used loosely to refer to all 
requirements in a zoning ordinance, the term 
usually is used to mean site design regulations 
such as lot area, height limits, frontage, 
landscaping, yards, and floor area ratio as 
distinguished from use restrictions. 
 
Strip Zone 
A mix of development, usually commercial, 
extending along both sides of a major street.  
Usually a strip zone is a mixture of auto-oriented 
enterprises (e.g. gas stations, motels, and food 
stand), truck-dependent wholesaling, and light 
industrial enterprises, along with the once-rural 
homes and farms overtaken by the haphazard 
leapfrogging of unplanned sprawl.  In zoning, a 
strip zone may refer to a district constituting a 
ribbon of highway with commercial uses fronting 
both sides of a major arterial route. 
 
Subdivision 
Transforming raw land into building sites by 
division into lots, blocks, streets, and public areas.  
A subdivision is generally defined as dividing land 
into six or more lots, parcels or fractional 
interests. 
 
Subdivision Regulations 
Regulations governing the division and 
development of land so as to ensure definitive 
legal title, and guarantee health, safety, and 
welfare to both users and the public. 
 
Subdivision Plat 
The formal instrument by which the division of 
land together with the conditions of development 
are legally recorded. 
 
Sunshine or Open Meeting Laws 
Statutes specifically requiring the deliberative 
meetings of public bodies be open to the public.  
Such laws often contain extended provisions for 
public notice of deliberative meetings. 
 
Taking 
The appropriation by government of private land 
for which compensation must be paid.  Under the 
U.S. Constitution, property cannot be condemned 
through eminant domain for public use or public 
purpose without just compensation.  This is 
reasonably clear when government buys land 
directly, but the “taking clause” is far less clear 
when the imposition of police power controls 
diminishes the value of property considerably. 
 
Testimony 
The presentation of information by an interested 
or affected party regarding an application 
pending before an official or an official body.  
Testimony here is usually nonjudicial with no 
administration of oath or cross-examination.  
Nevertheless, such testimony becomes part of the 
public record of deliberation; persons providing it 
are held responsible for their comments. 
 
Trip 
The journey from a traveler’s point of origin to 
the destination and the smallest unit of 
movement considered by transportation studies. 
 
Trip Generation 
A factor, usually determined empirically, which is 
used to estimate the amount of traffic that will 
arrive and depart from a particular establishment 
or development.  The amount of traffic is usually 
expressed as the ADT (average daily trips).  Trip 
generation factors are expressed as trips per 
employees, trips per dwelling unit, trips per some 
specific amount of floor area, etc.

APPENDIX A 
GLOSSARY 
 
123
123
Urban Design 
The attempt to give coherent form, in terms of 
both beauty and function, to entire areas.  The 
term implies a more fundamental approach than 
“beautification” and is concerned with the 
location, mass, and design of various urban 
components, combining the concerns of urban 
planning, architecture, and landscape 
architecture. 
 
Urban Fringe 
An area at the edge of an urban area, usually 
made up of mixed agricultural and urban land 
uses.  Where urban sprawl is the predominant 
pattern, this mixture of urban and rural may 
persist for decades until the process of 
urbanization is completed. 
 
Urban Limit Line; Urban Growth Boundary; 
Urban Service Area 
An area identified through official public policy, 
within which urban development will be allowed 
during a specified time period.  Beyond this line, 
using a variety of growth management tools such 
as acreage zoning and limits on capital 
improvements, development is prohibited or 
strongly discouraged.  The establishment of such 
service boundaries has become an important tool 
for implementing public decisions on where 
growth should occur and what kinds of services a 
community can afford to supply. 
 
Vacancy Ratio 
The ratio between the number of vacant units in 
a designated area and the total number of 
existing units within the area.  Vacancy ratios can 
often be misleading because they do not 
sufficiently take into account such variables as (1) 
the actual condition of the building, (2) the 
condition of public services or neighborhood 
quality relating to transit, safety, etc., (3) the rent 
or purchase price levels of the available units, (4) 
the ability of prospective families and individuals 
to pay, and (5) special restrictions aimed as racial 
groups, children, and others. 
 
Variance 
The granting of specific and definitive relief from 
the rigid application of the restrictions of 
development regulations on grounds that the 
peculiar circumstances of the property in question 
would suffer deprivation of use.  A license to do 
some act contrary to zoning. 
 
Zoning Regulations 
The division of land within the jurisdiction of a 
local unit of government and the designation of 
permitted uses of land within those divisions.  
Zoning regulations permit the lawful restraint of 
the right to use of real property.  They define 
residential, commercial, industrial, and other 
uses; number of occupants; and height, coverage, 
and location of buildings.  A set of administrative 
procedures is included in zoning regulations.

124
APPENDIX B 
ARIZONA MUNICIPAL
PLANNING AUTHORITY
124
A.R.S. § 9-461 
DEFINITIONS 
 
In this article, unless the context otherwise 
requires: 
 
1. "General plan" means a municipal statement 
of land development policies, which may 
include maps, charts, graphs and text which 
set forth objectives, principles and standards 
for local growth and redevelopment enacted 
under the provisions of this article or any prior 
statute. 
2. "Municipal" or "municipality" means an 
incorporated city or town. 
3. "Planning agency" means the official body 
designated by local ordinance to carry out the 
purposes of this article and may be a planning 
department, a planning commission, a hearing 
officer, the legislative body itself, or any 
combination thereof. 
4. "Right-of-way" means any public right-of-
way and includes any area required for public 
use pursuant to any general or specific plan. 
5. "Specific plan" means a detailed element of 
the general plan enacted under the provisions 
of this article or a prior statute. 
6. "Street" means streets, highways, freeways, 
expressways, avenues, boulevards, parkways, 
roads, lanes, walks, alleys, viaducts, subways, 
tunnels, bridges, public access easements and 
rights-of-way. 
7. "Subdivision regulations" means a municipal 
ordinance regulating the design and 
improvement of subdivisions enacted under 
the provisions of article 6.2 of this chapter, or 
any prior statute, regulating the design and 
improvement of subdivisions. 
8. "Zoning ordinance" means a municipal 
ordinance regulating the use of land, 
structures or both, under the provisions of this 
article.  
 
 
A.R.S. § 9-461.01 
PLANNING AGENCY; POWERS AND DUTIES 
 
A. The legislative body of a municipality may by 
ordinance establish a planning agency. 
B. The planning agency shall: 
1. Develop and maintain a general plan. 
2. Develop such specific plans as may be 
necessary to implement the general plan. 
3. Periodically review the capital 
improvement program of the municipality. 
4. Perform such other planning functions as 
the legislative body may provide. 
C. Each planning agency has the powers 
necessary to enable it to fulfill its planning 
functions as provided in this article. It may: 
1. Contract for, receive and utilize any grants 
or other financial assistance made available 
by a municipality, a county, the state or the 
federal government. 
2.  Contract with the state or federal 
government and any of its agencies, or the 
legislative body of any municipality or 
county.

APPENDIX B 
ARIZONA MUNICIPAL PLANNING AUTHORITY 
 
125
125
A.R.S. § 9-461.02 
PLANNING COMMISSION; CREATION; 
LIMITATIONS 
 
If a municipal planning commission is created, 
the organization, number of members, the terms 
of office and the method of appointment and 
removal shall be as provided by local ordinance, 
except that each municipal planning commission 
shall have at least five members.

126
APPENDIX C 
LAND RIGHTS
126

127
APPENDIX D 
COUNTY PLANNING
AUTHORITY
127
A.R.S. § 11-801 
DEFINITIONS 
 
In this chapter, unless the context otherwise 
requires: 
 
1. "Area of jurisdiction" means that part of the 
county outside the corporate limits of any 
municipality. 
2. "Board" means the board of supervisors. 
3. "Commission" means the county planning 
and zoning commission. 
4. "Indian reservation" means all lands that 
are held in trust by the United States for the 
exclusive use and occupancy of Indian tribes 
by treaty, law or executive order and that are 
currently recognized as Indian reservations by 
the United States department of the interior. 
5. "Inspector" means the county zoning 
inspector. 
6. "Newspaper of general circulation in the 
county seat" means a daily or weekly 
newspaper if any is published in the county 
seat. 
7. "Rezoning ordinance" means that portion of 
a zoning ordinance adopted by the board of 
supervisors that identifies the requirements 
for amending or changing the zoning district 
boundaries or regulations within an area 
previously zoned. 
8. "Zoning district" means any portion of a 
county in which the same set of zoning 
regulations applies. 
 
9. "Zoning ordinance" means an ordinance 
adopted by the board of supervisors, which 
shall contain zoning regulations together with 
a map setting forth the precise boundaries of 
zoning districts within which the various 
zoning regulations are effective. 
10. "Zoning regulations" means provisions 
governing the use of land or buildings, or 
both, the height and location of buildings, 
the size of yards, courts and open spaces, the 
establishment of setback lines and such other 
matters as may otherwise be authorized 
under this chapter and which the board 
deems suitable and proper. 
 
A.R.S. § 11-802 
COUNTY PLANNING AND ZONING 
 
The board of supervisors of a county, in order to 
conserve and promote the public health, safety, 
convenience and general welfare, and in 
accordance with the provisions of this chapter, 
shall plan and provide for the future growth and 
improvement of its area of jurisdiction, and 
coordinate all public improvements in accordance 
therewith, form a planning and zoning 
commission to consult with and advise it 
regarding matters of planning, zoning, and 
subdivision platting and in the manner provided 
in this chapter, adopt and enforce such rules, 
regulations, ordinances and plans as may apply to 
the development of its area of jurisdiction.

APPENDIX D 
COUNTY PLANNING AUTHORITY 
 
 
128
128
A.R.S. § 11-803 
COUNTY PLANNING AND ZONING 
COMMISSION; MEMBERSHIP; TERMS; 
ADVISORY OFFICERS 
 
A. In the counties having three supervisorial 
districts, the county planning and zoning 
commission shall consist of nine members 
who shall be qualified electors of the county. 
Three members shall be appointed from each 
supervisorial district by the supervisor from 
that district, and not more than one of the 
three may be a resident of an incorporated 
municipality. Members of the commission 
shall serve without compensation except for 
reasonable travel expenses. 
B. Except as provided in subsection C of this 
section, in the counties having five 
supervisorial districts, the county planning 
and zoning commission shall consist of ten 
members who shall be qualified electors of 
the county. Two members shall be appointed 
from each supervisorial district by the 
supervisor from that district and, if the district 
contains at least sixty per cent incorporated 
area, both members may be residents of the 
incorporated area. If the district is less than 
sixty per cent incorporated, one member may 
be a resident from the incorporated area but 
at least one member shall be a resident of the 
unincorporated area. Members of the 
commission shall serve without compensation 
except for reasonable travel expenses. 
C. If any supervisorial district is at least ninety 
per cent Indian reservation and at least ninety 
per cent of the district is not subject to county 
zoning regulations, the supervisor from the 
district may appoint some or all of the 
members to the commission from any 
supervisorial district in the county if there is 
no appointee who is willing to serve within 
the supervisorial district. These appointments 
are subject to the limitations on residency 
required by subsections A and B of this 
section. Members appointed to the 
commission pursuant to this subsection 
require the approval of the board. 
D. The terms of the members of the 
commissions shall be for four years except for 
those initially appointed. Of those members 
initially appointed pursuant to subsection A 
of this section, five members shall be 
appointed to a two year term and four 
members shall be appointed to a four year 
term. Of those members initially appointed 
pursuant to subsection B of this section, five 
members shall be appointed to a two year 
term and five members shall be appointed to 
a four year term. Thereafter, each term shall 
be four years. If a vacancy occurs otherwise 
than by expiration of term, it shall be filled 
by appointment for the unexpired portion of 
the term. Members of the commission may 
be removed by the board for cause. 
E. Upon a conversion from three to five 
supervisorial districts pursuant to Section 11-
212, the board of supervisors, upon 
expiration of the terms of members of the 
commission serving on the date of such 
conversion, shall make such appointments to 
fill such vacancies to conform to the 
provisions of subsection B of this section as 
soon as is practicable. 
F. The county assessor, county engineer, county 
health officer and county attorney shall serve 
in an advisory capacity to the commission 
and to the boards of adjustment. 
 
A.R.S. § 11-804 
ORGANIZATION OF COMMISSION 
A. The commission shall: 
1. Elect a chairman from among its members 
for a term of one year, and such other 
officers as it may determine. 
2.By resolution fix the time and place within 
the district of regular meetings, and hold 
at least one regular meeting each month, 
and such additional meetings as the

APPENDIX D 
COUNTY PLANNING AUTHORITY 
 
 
129
129
chairman or a majority of the 
commission deems necessary. 
3. Adopt rules for the transaction of 
business, and keep a record of its 
resolutions, transactions, findings and 
determinations, which record shall be a 
public record and be open to public 
inspection. 
4. Transmit all of its recommendations, 
decisions, findings, reports and official 
actions, regardless of vote, to the board 
of supervisors. 
B. A majority of the commission shall constitute 
a quorum for the transaction of business and 
a majority vote of the quorum shall be 
required for any official action.

130
130
APPENDIX E 
GROWING SMARTER 1998/PLUS GENERAL PLAN ELEMENTS
CITIES & TOWNS
Is your city or town’s 
population GREATER  
than
but LESS than
 2,500
10,000?
Is your city or 
town’s population 
GREATER  than 
10,000?
1
Is your city or 
town’s population 
LESS  than 
2,500?
Has your city or 
town’s average 
annual growth rate 
been 
 or more 
over the past
 
 
2%
10 years?
2
Required Elements  for 
Compliance with Growing 
Smarter 1998 and 
Growing Smarter Plus:
Land Use
Circulation
3


Required Elements
for 
Compliance with Growing 
Smarter 1998 and Growing 
Smarter Plus:
Land Use
Circulation
Growth Area
Environmental Planning
Cost of Development
Open Space
Water Resources
 
3 & 4







1 For cities and towns with populations exceeding 50,000 additional elements are required.  See A.R.S. § 9-461-05(E).
2
3
4
Average annual growth rates determined using the most current U.S. Decennial Census (1990 U.S. Census and 2000 U.S. Census estimates).
Prior to the preparation and adoption of an updated or amended General Plan, the governing body is required to adopt written procedures to provide 
effective, early and continuous public participation from all geographic, ethnic, and economic areas of the municipality.
The legislative body shall submit each new adopted General Plan to the voters for ratification at an election.  If a majority of the voters fail to approve 
the new plan, the current plan remains in effect until a new plan is approved.  See A.R.S. § 9-461.06(L).
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes

131
131
APPENDIX F 
GROWING SMARTER 1998/PLUS COMPREHENSIVE PLAN ELEMENTS
COUNTIES
 
Is your county’s 
population
or  LESS?
 125,000
Is your county’s 
population between  
125,000
200,000
and
?
1
Is your county’s 
population GREATER  
than 200,000?
Required Elements
 
for Compliance with 
Growing Smarter 1998 
and Growing Smarter 
Plus:
Land Use
Circulation
1 & 2
3


Required Elements
 
for Compliance with 
Growing Smarter 1998 
and Growing Smarter 
Plus:
Land Use
Circulation
1 & 2


Required Elements
 for 
Compliance with Growing 
Smarter 1998 and Growing 
Smarter Plus:
Land Use
Circulation
Growth Area
Environmental Planning
Cost of Development
Open Space
Water Resources
1 & 2
3







1 All counties may also include studies and recommendations relating to location, character & extent of highways, railroads, bus, & other 
transportation routes and facilities; public buildings, public services, schools; parks, open space, hiking and riding; housing quality, variety, and 
affordability; dams, floodplain zoning; projects affecting conservation of natural resources, forests, wildlife areas; air quality, and water quality.
2
3
Prior to the preparation and adoption of an updated or amended Comprehensive Plan, the governing body is required to adopt written procedures to 
provide effective, early and continuous public participation from all geographic, ethnic, and economic areas of the municipality.
Includes more detail than the generalized Land Use Element for smaller counties.
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes

COMMUNITY PLANNING OFFICE
1700 WEST WASHINGTON STREET
SUITE 420
PHOENIX, AZ 85007
PHONE  602-771-1191  
FAX 602-771-1210    
www.azcommerce.com
OFFICE OF SMART GROWTH
1700 W. WASHINGTON ST.  SUITE 420
PHOENIX, AZ 85007